File: rfc3015.html

package info (click to toggle)
doc-rfc 20230121-1
links: PTS, VCS
area: non-free
in suites: bookworm, forky, sid, trixie
size: 1,609,944 kB
file content (10021 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 446,782 bytes
parent folder | download | duplicates (2)
<pre>Network Working Group                                           F. Cuervo
Request for Comments: 3015                                      N. Greene
Obsoletes: <a href="./rfc2885">2885</a>, <a href="./rfc2886">2886</a>                                           A. Rayhan
Category: Standards Track                                 Nortel Networks
                                                               C. Huitema
                                                    Microsoft Corporation
                                                                 B. Rosen
                                                                  Marconi
                                                                J. Segers
                                                      Lucent Technologies
                                                            November 2000


                      <span class="h1">Megaco Protocol Version 1.0</span>

Status of this Memo

   This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
   Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
   improvements.  Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
   Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
   and status of this protocol.  Distribution of this memo is unlimited.

Copyright Notice

   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2000).  All Rights Reserved.

Abstract

   This document defines the protocol used between elements of a
   physically decomposed multimedia gateway, i.e. a Media Gateway and a
   Media Gateway Controller.  The document is common text with ITU-T
   Recommendation H.248 and is a result of applying the changes in <a href="./rfc2886">RFC</a>
   <a href="./rfc2886">2886</a> to the text of <a href="./rfc2885">RFC 2885</a>.

   The protocol presented in this document meets the requirements for a
   media gateway control protocol as presented in <a href="./rfc2805">RFC 2805</a>.














<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 1]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-2" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


TABLE OF CONTENTS

   <a href="#section-1">1</a>. SCOPE........................................................  <a href="#page-6">6</a>
   <a href="#section-2">2</a>. REFERENCES...................................................  <a href="#page-6">6</a>
        <a href="#section-2.1">2.1</a> Normative references...................................  <a href="#page-6">6</a>
        <a href="#section-2.2">2.2</a> Informative references.................................  <a href="#page-9">9</a>
   <a href="#section-3">3</a>. DEFINITIONS.................................................. <a href="#page-10">10</a>
   <a href="#section-4">4</a>. ABBREVIATIONS................................................ <a href="#page-11">11</a>
   <a href="#section-5">5</a>. CONVENTIONS.................................................. <a href="#page-11">11</a>
   <a href="#section-6">6</a>. CONNECTION MODEL............................................. <a href="#page-11">11</a>
        <a href="#section-6.1">6.1</a> Contexts............................................... <a href="#page-14">14</a>
                <a href="#section-6.1.1">6.1.1</a> Context Attributes and Descriptors........... <a href="#page-15">15</a>
                <a href="#section-6.1.2">6.1.2</a> Creating, Deleting and Modifying Contexts.... <a href="#page-15">15</a>
        <a href="#section-6.2">6.2</a> Terminations........................................... <a href="#page-15">15</a>
                <a href="#section-6.2.1">6.2.1</a> Termination Dynamics......................... <a href="#page-16">16</a>
                <a href="#section-6.2.2">6.2.2</a> TerminationIDs............................... <a href="#page-17">17</a>
                <a href="#section-6.2.3">6.2.3</a> Packages..................................... <a href="#page-17">17</a>
                <a href="#section-6.2.4">6.2.4</a> Termination Properties and Descriptors....... <a href="#page-18">18</a>
                <a href="#section-6.2.5">6.2.5</a> Root Termination............................. <a href="#page-21">21</a>
   <a href="#section-7">7</a>. COMMANDS..................................................... <a href="#page-21">21</a>
        <a href="#section-7.1">7.1</a> Descriptors............................................ <a href="#page-22">22</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.1">7.1.1</a> Specifying Parameters........................ <a href="#page-22">22</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.2">7.1.2</a> Modem Descriptor............................. <a href="#page-23">23</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.3">7.1.3</a> Multiplex Descriptor......................... <a href="#page-23">23</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.4">7.1.4</a> Media Descriptor............................. <a href="#page-24">24</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.5">7.1.5</a> Termination State Descriptor................. <a href="#page-24">24</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.6">7.1.6</a> Stream Descriptor............................ <a href="#page-25">25</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.7">7.1.7</a> LocalControl Descriptor...................... <a href="#page-26">26</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.8">7.1.8</a> Local and Remote Descriptors................. <a href="#page-27">27</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.9">7.1.9</a> Events Descriptor............................ <a href="#page-30">30</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.10">7.1.10</a> EventBuffer Descriptor...................... <a href="#page-32">32</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.11">7.1.11</a> Signals Descriptor.......................... <a href="#page-32">32</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.12">7.1.12</a> Audit Descriptor............................ <a href="#page-34">34</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.13">7.1.13</a> ServiceChange Descriptor.................... <a href="#page-35">35</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.14">7.1.14</a> DigitMap Descriptor......................... <a href="#page-36">36</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.15">7.1.15</a> Statistics Descriptor....................... <a href="#page-41">41</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.16">7.1.16</a> Packages Descriptor......................... <a href="#page-41">41</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.17">7.1.17</a> ObservedEvents Descriptor................... <a href="#page-42">42</a>
                <a href="#section-7.1.18">7.1.18</a>  Topology Descriptor........................ <a href="#page-42">42</a>
        <a href="#section-7.2">7.2</a> Command Application Programming Interface.............. <a href="#page-45">45</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.1">7.2.1</a> Add.......................................... <a href="#page-46">46</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.2">7.2.2</a> Modify....................................... <a href="#page-47">47</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.3">7.2.3</a> Subtract..................................... <a href="#page-48">48</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.4">7.2.4</a> Move......................................... <a href="#page-49">49</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.5">7.2.5</a> AuditValue................................... <a href="#page-50">50</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.6">7.2.6</a> AuditCapabilities............................ <a href="#page-52">52</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.7">7.2.7</a> Notify....................................... <a href="#page-53">53</a>
                <a href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a> ServiceChange................................ <a href="#page-54">54</a>



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 2]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-3" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                7.2.9 Manipulating and Auditing Context Attributes. 58
                <a href="#section-7.2.10">7.2.10</a> Generic Command Syntax...................... <a href="#page-58">58</a>
        <a href="#section-7.3">7.3</a> Command Error Codes.................................... <a href="#page-58">58</a>
   <a href="#section-8">8</a>. TRANSACTIONS................................................. <a href="#page-60">60</a>
        <a href="#section-8.1">8.1</a> Common Parameters...................................... <a href="#page-62">62</a>
                <a href="#section-8.1.1">8.1.1</a> Transaction Identifiers...................... <a href="#page-62">62</a>
                <a href="#section-8.1.2">8.1.2</a> Context Identifiers.......................... <a href="#page-62">62</a>
        <a href="#section-8.2">8.2</a> Transaction Application Programming Interface.......... <a href="#page-63">63</a>
                <a href="#section-8.2.1">8.2.1</a> TransactionRequest........................... <a href="#page-63">63</a>
                <a href="#section-8.2.2">8.2.2</a> TransactionReply............................. <a href="#page-63">63</a>
                <a href="#section-8.2.3">8.2.3</a> TransactionPending........................... <a href="#page-65">65</a>
        <a href="#section-8.3">8.3</a> Messages............................................... <a href="#page-65">65</a>
   <a href="#section-9">9</a>. TRANSPORT.................................................... <a href="#page-65">65</a>
        <a href="#section-9.1">9.1</a> Ordering of Commands................................... <a href="#page-66">66</a>
        <a href="#section-9.2">9.2</a> Protection against Restart Avalanche................... <a href="#page-67">67</a>
   <a href="#section-10">10</a>. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS..................................... <a href="#page-68">68</a>
        <a href="#section-10.1">10.1</a> Protection of Protocol Connections.................... <a href="#page-68">68</a>
        <a href="#section-10.2">10.2</a> Interim AH scheme..................................... <a href="#page-69">69</a>
        <a href="#section-10.3">10.3</a> Protection of Media Connections....................... <a href="#page-70">70</a>
   <a href="#section-11">11</a>.  MG-MGC CONTROL INTERFACE................................... <a href="#page-71">71</a>
        <a href="#section-11.1">11.1</a> Multiple Virtual MGs.................................. <a href="#page-71">71</a>
        <a href="#section-11.2">11.2</a> Cold Start............................................ <a href="#page-72">72</a>
        <a href="#section-11.3">11.3</a> Negotiation of Protocol Version....................... <a href="#page-72">72</a>
        <a href="#section-11.4">11.4</a> Failure of an MG...................................... <a href="#page-73">73</a>
        <a href="#section-11.5">11.5</a> Failure of an MGC..................................... <a href="#page-74">74</a>
   <a href="#section-12">12</a>. PACKAGE DEFINITION.......................................... <a href="#page-75">75</a>
        <a href="#section-12.1">12.1</a> Guidelines for defining packages...................... <a href="#page-75">75</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.1">12.1.1</a> Package..................................... <a href="#page-76">76</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.2">12.1.2</a> Properties.................................. <a href="#page-76">76</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.3">12.1.3</a> Events...................................... <a href="#page-77">77</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.4">12.1.4</a> Signals..................................... <a href="#page-77">77</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.5">12.1.5</a> Statistics.................................. <a href="#page-77">77</a>
                <a href="#section-12.1.6">12.1.6</a> Procedures.................................. <a href="#page-78">78</a>
        12.2 Guidelines to defining Properties, Statistics and
        Parameters to Events and Signals........................... <a href="#page-78">78</a>
        <a href="#section-12.3">12.3</a> Lists................................................. <a href="#page-78">78</a>
        <a href="#section-12.4">12.4</a> Identifiers........................................... <a href="#page-78">78</a>
        <a href="#section-12.5">12.5</a> Package Registration.................................. <a href="#page-79">79</a>
   <a href="#section-13">13</a>.  IANA CONSIDERATIONS........................................ <a href="#page-79">79</a>
        <a href="#section-13.1">13.1</a> Packages.............................................. <a href="#page-79">79</a>
        <a href="#section-13.2">13.2</a> Error Codes........................................... <a href="#page-79">79</a>
        <a href="#section-13.3">13.3</a> ServiceChange Reasons................................. <a href="#page-80">80</a>
   ANNEX A: BINARY ENCODING OF THE PROTOCOL (NORMATIVE)............ <a href="#page-80">80</a>
        <a href="#appendix-A.1">A.1</a> Coding of wildcards.................................... <a href="#page-81">81</a>
        <a href="#appendix-A.2">A.2</a> ASN.1 syntax specification............................. <a href="#page-82">82</a>
        <a href="#appendix-A.3">A.3</a> Digit maps and path names.............................. <a href="#page-99">99</a>
   ANNEX B TEXT ENCODING OF THE PROTOCOL (NORMATIVE)...............<a href="#page-100">100</a>
        <a href="#appendix-B.1">B.1</a> Coding of wildcards....................................<a href="#page-100">100</a>



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 3]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-4" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        <a href="#appendix-B.2">B.2</a> ABNF specification.....................................<a href="#page-100">100</a>
   ANNEX C TAGS FOR MEDIA STREAM PROPERTIES (NORMATIVE)............<a href="#page-112">112</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.1">C.1</a> General Media Attributes...............................<a href="#page-113">113</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.2">C.2</a> Mux Properties.........................................<a href="#page-114">114</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.3">C.3</a> General bearer properties..............................<a href="#page-115">115</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.4">C.4</a> General ATM properties.................................<a href="#page-115">115</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.5">C.5</a> Frame Relay............................................<a href="#page-118">118</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.6">C.6</a> IP.....................................................<a href="#page-118">118</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.7">C.7</a> ATM AAL2...............................................<a href="#page-119">119</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.8">C.8</a> ATM AAL1...............................................<a href="#page-120">120</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.9">C.9</a> Bearer Capabilities....................................<a href="#page-121">121</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.10">C.10</a> AAL5 Properties.......................................<a href="#page-129">129</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.11">C.11</a> SDP Equivalents.......................................<a href="#page-130">130</a>
        <a href="#appendix-C.12">C.12</a> H.245.................................................<a href="#page-131">131</a>
   ANNEX D TRANSPORT OVER IP (NORMATIVE)...........................<a href="#page-131">131</a>
        <a href="#appendix-D.1">D.1</a> Transport over IP/UDP using Application Level Framing..131
                <a href="#appendix-D.1.1">D.1.1</a> Providing At-Most-Once Functionality.........<a href="#page-132">132</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.1.2">D.1.2</a> Transaction identifiers and three-way handshake
                ...................................................<a href="#page-132">132</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.1.3">D.1.3</a> Computing retransmission timers..............<a href="#page-133">133</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.1.4">D.1.4</a> Provisional responses........................<a href="#page-134">134</a>
                D.1.5 Repeating Requests, Responses and
                Acknowledgements...................................<a href="#page-135">135</a>
        <a href="#appendix-D.2">D.2</a> Using TCP..............................................<a href="#page-136">136</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.2.1">D.2.1</a> Providing the At-Most-Once functionality.....<a href="#page-137">137</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.2.2">D.2.2</a> Transaction identifiers and three way handshake
                ...................................................<a href="#page-137">137</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.2.3">D.2.3</a> Computing retransmission timers..............<a href="#page-137">137</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.2.4">D.2.4</a> Provisional responses........................<a href="#page-137">137</a>
                <a href="#appendix-D.2.5">D.2.5</a> Ordering of commands.........................<a href="#page-138">138</a>
   ANNEX E BASIC PACKAGES (NORMATIVE)..............................<a href="#page-138">138</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.1">E.1</a> Generic................................................<a href="#page-138">138</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.1.1">E.1.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-138">138</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.1.2">E.1.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-138">138</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.1.3">E.1.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-140">140</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.1.4">E.1.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-140">140</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.2">E.2</a> Base Root Package......................................<a href="#page-140">140</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.2.1">E.2.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-140">140</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.2.2">E.2.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.2.3">E.2.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.2.4">E.2.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.2.5">E.2.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.3">E.3</a> Tone Generator Package.................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.3.1">E.3.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-142">142</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.3.2">E.3.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-143">143</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.3.3">E.3.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-143">143</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.3.4">E.3.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-143">143</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.3.5">E.3.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-143">143</a>



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 4]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-5" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        <a href="#appendix-E.4">E.4</a> Tone Detection Package.................................<a href="#page-144">144</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.4.1">E.4.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-144">144</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.4.2">E.4.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-144">144</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.4.3">E.4.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-146">146</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.4.4">E.4.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-146">146</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.4.5">E.4.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-146">146</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.5">E.5</a> Basic DTMF Generator Package...........................<a href="#page-147">147</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.5.1">E.5.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-147">147</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.5.2">E.5.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-147">147</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.5.3">E.5.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-147">147</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.5.4">E.5.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-148">148</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.5.5">E.5.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-148">148</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.6">E.6</a> DTMF detection Package.................................<a href="#page-148">148</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.6.1">E.6.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-149">149</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.6.2">E.6.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-149">149</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.6.3">E.6.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-150">150</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.6.4">E.6.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-150">150</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.6.5">E.6.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-150">150</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.7">E.7</a> Call Progress Tones Generator Package..................<a href="#page-151">151</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.7.1">E.7.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-151">151</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.7.2">E.7.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-151">151</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.7.3">E.7.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-151">151</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.7.4">E.7.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-152">152</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.7.5">E.7.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-152">152</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.8">E.8</a> Call Progress Tones Detection Package..................<a href="#page-152">152</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.8.1">E.8.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-152">152</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.8.2">E.8.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.8.3">E.8.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.8.4">E.8.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.8.5">E.8.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.9">E.9</a> Analog Line Supervision Package........................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.1">E.9.1</a> Properties...................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.2">E.9.2</a> Events.......................................<a href="#page-153">153</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.3">E.9.3</a> Signals......................................<a href="#page-156">156</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.4">E.9.4</a> Statistics...................................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.5">E.9.5</a> Procedures...................................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.9.6">E.9.6</a> Error Code...................................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.10">E.10</a> Basic Continuity Package..............................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.10.1">E.10.1</a> Properties..................................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.10.2">E.10.2</a> Events......................................<a href="#page-157">157</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.10.3">E.10.3</a> Signals.....................................<a href="#page-158">158</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.10.4">E.10.4</a> Statistics..................................<a href="#page-158">158</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.10.5">E.10.5</a> Procedures..................................<a href="#page-159">159</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.11">E.11</a> Network Package.......................................<a href="#page-159">159</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.11.1">E.11.1</a> Properties..................................<a href="#page-159">159</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.11.2">E.11.2</a> Events......................................<a href="#page-160">160</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.11.3">E.11.3</a> Signals.....................................<a href="#page-161">161</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.11.4">E.11.4</a> Statistics..................................<a href="#page-161">161</a>



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 5]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-6" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                <a href="#appendix-E.11.5">E.11.5</a> Procedures..................................<a href="#page-162">162</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.12">E.12</a> RTP  Package..........................................<a href="#page-162">162</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.12.1">E.12.1</a> Properties..................................<a href="#page-162">162</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.12.2">E.12.2</a> Events......................................<a href="#page-162">162</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.12.3">E.12.3</a> Signals.....................................<a href="#page-163">163</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.12.4">E.12.4</a> Statistics..................................<a href="#page-163">163</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.12.5">E.12.5</a> Procedures..................................<a href="#page-164">164</a>
        <a href="#appendix-E.13">E.13</a> TDM Circuit Package...................................<a href="#page-164">164</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.13.1">E.13.1</a> Properties..................................<a href="#page-164">164</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.13.2">E.13.2</a> Events......................................<a href="#page-165">165</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.13.3">E.13.3</a> Signals.....................................<a href="#page-165">165</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.13.4">E.13.4</a> Statistics..................................<a href="#page-165">165</a>
                <a href="#appendix-E.13.5">E.13.5</a> Procedures..................................<a href="#page-165">165</a>
   APPENDIX A EXAMPLE CALL FLOWS (INFORMATIVE).....................<a href="#page-166">166</a>
        <a href="#appendix-A.1">A.1</a> Residential Gateway to Residential Gateway Call........<a href="#page-166">166</a>
                A.1.1 Programming Residential GW Analog Line
                Terminations for Idle Behavior.....................<a href="#page-166">166</a>
                A.1.2 Collecting Originator Digits and Initiating
                Termination........................................<a href="#page-168">168</a>
   AUTHORS ADDRESS.................................................<a href="#page-178">178</a>
   FULL COPYRIGHT STATEMENT........................................<a href="#page-179">179</a>

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-1" href="#section-1">1</a>. SCOPE</span>

   This document defines the protocol used between elements of a
   physically decomposed multimedia gateway.  There are no functional
   differences from a system view between a decomposed gateway, with
   distributed sub-components potentially on more than one physical
   device, and a monolithic gateway such as described in H.246. This
   document does not define how gateways, multipoint control units or
   interactive voice response units (IVRs) work.  Instead it creates a
   general framework that is suitable for these applications.

   Packet network interfaces may include IP, ATM or possibly others. The
   interfaces will support a variety of SCN signalling systems,
   including tone signalling, ISDN, ISUP, QSIG, and GSM.  National
   variants of these signalling systems will be supported where
   applicable.

   The protocol definition in this document is common text with ITU-T
   Recommendation H.248.  It meets the requirements documented in <a href="./rfc2805">RFC</a>
   <a href="./rfc2805">2805</a>.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-2" href="#section-2">2</a>. REFERENCES</span>

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-2.1" href="#section-2.1">2.1</a> Normative references</span>

   ATM Forum (1994): "User-Network Interface, Version 4.0".



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 6]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-7" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   ITU-T Recommendation H.225.0: "Call Signalling Protocols and Media
   Stream Packetization for Packet Based Multimedia Communications
   Systems".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.235: "Security and encryption for H-Series
   (H.323 and other H.245-based) multimedia terminals".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.245: "Control Protocol for Multimedia
   Communication".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.323: "Packet Based Multimedia Communication
   Systems".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.363.1, "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer
   specification: Type 1 AAL".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.363.2, "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer
   specification: Type 2 AAL".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.363.5, "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer
   specification: Type 5 AAL".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.363.5, "B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer
   specification: Type 5 AAL".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.366.1, "Segmentation and Reassembly Service
   Specific Convergence Sublayer for the AAL type 2".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.366.2, "AAL type 2 service specific
   convergence sublayer for trunking".

   ITU-T Recommendation I.371, "Traffic control and congestion control
   in B-ISDN".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.763, "Signalling System No. 7 - ISDN user part
   formats and codes".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.765, "Signalling System No. 7 - Application
   transport mechanism".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.931: "Digital Subscriber Signalling System No.
   1 (DSS 1) - ISDN User-Network Interface Layer 3 Specification for
   Basic Call Control".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2630.1, "AAL Type 2 Signalling Protocol
   (Capability Set 1)".





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 7]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-8" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2931, "Broadband Integrated Services Digital
   Network (B-ISDN) - Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 2 (DSS 2)
   - User-Network Interface (UNI) - Layer 3 specification for basic
   call/connection control".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2941.1, "Digital Subscriber Signalling System
   No. 2 - Generic Identifier Transport".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2961, "Broadband integrated services digital
   network (B-ISDN) - Digital subscriber signalling system no.2 (DSS 2)
   - additional traffic parameters".

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.1, "Digital subscriber signalling system
   No. 2 _ Support of Quality of Service classes."

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2,  "Digital subscriber signalling system
   No. 2 _ Signalling of individual Quality of Service parameters."

   ITU-T Recommendation Q.2961.2, "Digital subscriber signalling system
   No. 2 - Additional traffic parameters: Support of ATM transfer
   capability in the broadband bearer capability information element."

   ITU-T Recommendation X.213, "Information technology - Open System
   Interconnection - Network service definition plus Amendment 1
   (08/1997), Addition of the Internet protocol address format
   identifier".

   ITU-T Recommendation V.76 (08/96), "Generic multiplexer using V.42
   LAPM-based procedures".

   ITU-T Recommendation X.680 (1997): "Information technology-Abstract
   Syntax Notation One (ASN.1): Specification of basic notation".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.246 (1998), "Interworking of H-series
   multimedia terminals with H-series multimedia terminals and
   voice/voiceband terminals on GSTN and ISDN".

   Rose, M. and D. Cass, "ISO Transport Service on top of the TCP,
   Version 3", <a href="./rfc1006">RFC 1006</a>, May 1987.

   Crocker, D. and P. Overell, "Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications:
   ABNF", <a href="./rfc2234">RFC 2234</a>, November 1997.

   Handley, M. and V. Jacobson, "SDP: Session Description Protocol", <a href="./rfc2327">RFC</a>
   <a href="./rfc2327">2327</a>, April 1998.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 8]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-9" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "IP Authentication Header", <a href="./rfc2402">RFC 2402</a>,
   November 1998.

   Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "IP Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)",
   <a href="./rfc2406">RFC 2406</a>, November 1998.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-2.2" href="#section-2.2">2.2</a> Informative references</span>

   ITU-T Recommendation E.180/Q.35 (1998): "Technical characteristics of
   tones for the telephone service".

   CCITT Recommendation G.711 (1988), "Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) of
   voice frequencies".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.221 (05/99),"Frame structure for a 64 to 1920
   kbit/s channel in audiovisual teleservices".

   ITU-T Recommendation H.223 (1996), "Multiplexing protocol for low bit
   rate multimedia communication".

   Postel, J., "User Datagram Protocol", <a href="./rfc768">RFC 768</a>, August 1980.

   Postel, J., "Internet protocol", <a href="./rfc791">RFC 791</a>, September 1981.

   Postel, J., "TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL", <a href="./rfc793">RFC 793</a>, September 1981.

   Simpson, W., "The Point-to-Point Protocol", <a href="./rfc1661">RFC 1661</a>, July 1994.

   Schulzrinne, H., Casner, S., Frederick, R. and V. Jacobson, "RTP: A
   Transport Protocol for Real-Time Applications", <a href="./rfc1889">RFC 1889</a>, January
   1996.

   Schulzrinne, H., "RTP Profile for Audio and Video Audio and Video
   Conferences with Minimal Control", <a href="./rfc1890">RFC 1890</a>, January 1996.

   Kent, S. and  R. Atkinson, "Security Architecture for the Internet
   Protocol", <a href="./rfc2401">RFC 2401</a>, November 1998.

   Deering, S. and R. Hinden, "Internet Protocol, Version 6 (IPv6)
   Specification", <a href="./rfc2460">RFC 2460</a>, December 1998.

   Handley, M., Schulzrinne, H., Schooler, E. and J. Rosenberg, "SIP:
   Session Initiation Protocol", <a href="./rfc2543">RFC 2543</a>, March 1999.

   Greene, N., Ramalho, M. and B. Rosen, "Media Gateway control protocol
   architecture and  requirements", <a href="./rfc2805">RFC 2805</a>, April 1999.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                     [Page 9]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-10" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-3" href="#section-3">3</a>. DEFINITIONS</span>

   Access Gateway: A type of gateway that provides a User to Network
   Interface (UNI) such as ISDN.

   Descriptor: A syntactic element of the protocol that groups related
   properties.  For instance, the properties of a media flow on the MG
   can be set by the MGC by including the appropriate descriptor in a
   command.

   Media Gateway (MG): The media gateway converts media provided in one
   type of network to the format required in another type of network.
   For example, a MG could terminate bearer channels from a switched
   circuit network (e.g., DS0s) and media streams from a packet network
   (e.g., RTP streams in an IP network).  This gateway may be capable of
   processing audio, video and T.120 alone or in any combination, and
   will be capable of full duplex media translations.  The MG may also
   play audio/video messages and perform other IVR functions, or may
   perform media conferencing.

   Media Gateway Controller (MGC): Controls the parts of the call state
   that pertain to connection control for media channels in a MG.

   Multipoint Control Unit (MCU): An entity that controls the setup and
   coordination of a multi-user conference that typically includes
   processing of audio, video and data.

   Residential Gateway: A gateway that interworks an analogue line to a
   packet network. A residential gateway typically contains one or two
   analogue lines and is located at the customer premises.

   SCN FAS Signalling Gateway: This function contains the SCN Signalling
   Interface that terminates SS7, ISDN or other signalling links where
   the call control channel and bearer channels are collocated in the
   same physical span.

   SCN NFAS Signalling Gateway: This function contains the SCN
   Signalling Interface that terminates SS7 or other signalling links
   where the call control channels are separated from bearer channels.

   Stream: Bidirectional media or control flow received/sent by a media
   gateway as part of a call or conference.

   Trunk: A communication channel between two switching systems such as
   a DS0 on a T1 or E1 line.

   Trunking Gateway: A gateway between SCN network and packet network
   that typically terminates a large number of digital circuits.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 10]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-11" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-4" href="#section-4">4</a>. ABBREVIATIONS</span>

   This recommendation defines the following terms.

   ATM          Asynchronous Transfer Mode
   CAS          Channel Associated Signalling
   DTMF         Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
   FAS          Facility Associated Signalling
   GSM          Global System for Mobile communications
   GW           GateWay
   IANA         Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
   IP           Internet Protocol
   ISUP         ISDN User Part
   IVR          Interactive Voice Response
   MG           Media Gateway
   MGC          Media Gateway Controller
   NFAS         Non-Facility Associated Signalling
   PRI          Primary Rate Interface
   PSTN         Public Switched Telephone Network
   QoS          Quality of Service
   RTP          Real-time Transport Protocol
   SCN          Switched Circuit Network
   SG           Signalling Gateway
   SS7          Signalling System No. 7

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-5" href="#section-5">5</a>. CONVENTIONS</span>

   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
   document are to be interpreted as described in <a href="./rfc2119">RFC2119</a>.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-6" href="#section-6">6</a>. CONNECTION MODEL</span>

   The connection model for the protocol describes the logical entities,
   or objects, within the Media Gateway that can be controlled by the
   Media Gateway Controller.  The main abstractions used in the
   connection model are Terminations and Contexts.

   A Termination sources and/or sinks one or more streams.  In a
   multimedia conference, a Termination can be multimedia and sources or
   sinks multiple media streams.  The media stream parameters, as well
   as modem, and bearer parameters are encapsulated within the
   Termination.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 11]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-12" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |Media Gateway                                         |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context                          +-------------+ |  |
         | |                                 | Termination | |  |
         | |                                 |-------------| |  |
         | |  +-------------+             +-&gt;| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |  | Termination |   +-----+   |  |   Channel   | |  |
         | |  |-------------|   |     |---+  +-------------+ |  |
       &lt;-+---&gt;| RTP Stream  |---|  *  |                      |  |
         | |  |             |   |     |---+  +-------------+ |  |
         | |  +-------------+   +-----+   |  | Termination | |  |
         | |                              |  |-------------| |  |
         | |                              +-&gt;| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |                                 |   Channel   | |  |
         | |                                 +-------------+ |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         |                                                      |
         |                                                      |
         |                    +------------------------------+  |
         |                    |Context                       |  |
         |  +-------------+   |              +-------------+ |  |
         |  | Termination |   | +-----+      | Termination | |  |
         |  |-------------|   | |     |      |-------------| |  |
       &lt;-+-&gt;| SCN Bearer  |   | |  *  |------| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         |  |   Channel   |   | |     |      |   Channel   | |  |
         |  +-------------+   | +-----+      +-------------+ |  |
         |                    +------------------------------+  |
         |                                                      |
         |                                                      |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context                                          |  |
         | |  +-------------+                +-------------+ |  |
         | |  | Termination |   +-----+      | Termination | |  |
         | |  |-------------|   |     |      |-------------| |  |
       &lt;-+---&gt;| SCN Bearer  |---|  *  |------| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |  |   Channel   |   |     |      |   Channel   | |  |
         | |  +-------------+   +-----+      +-------------+ |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | ___________________________________________________  |
         +------------------------------------------------------+

              Figure 1: Example of H.248 Connection Model








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 12]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-13" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   A Context is an association between a collection of Terminations.
   There is a special type of Context, the null Context, which contains
   all Terminations that are not associated to any other Termination.
   For instance, in a decomposed access gateway, all idle lines are
   represented by Terminations in the null Context.

   Figure 1 above is a graphical depiction of these concepts.  The
   diagram of Figure 1 gives several examples and is not meant to be an
   all-inclusive illustration.  The asterisk box in each of the Contexts
   represents the logical association of Terminations implied by the
   Context.

   The example below shows an example of one way to accomplish a call-
   waiting scenario in a decomposed access gateway, illustrating the
   relocation of a Termination between Contexts.  Terminations T1 and T2
   belong to Context C1 in a two-way audio call.  A second audio call is
   waiting for T1 from Termination T3.  T3 is alone in Context C2.  T1
   accepts the call from T3, placing T2 on hold.  This action results in
   T1 moving into Context C2, as shown below.

         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |Media Gateway                                         |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context C1                                       |  |
         | |  +-------------+                +-------------+ |  |
         | |  | Term. T2    |   +-----+      | Term. T1    | |  |
         | |  |-------------|   |     |      |-------------| |  |
       &lt;-+---&gt;| RTP Stream  |---|  *  |------| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |  |             |   |     |      |   Channel   | |  |
         | |  +-------------+   +-----+      +-------------+ |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         |                                                      |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context C2                                       |  |
         | |                                 +-------------+ |  |
         | |                    +-----+      | Term. T3    | |  |
         | |                    |     |      |-------------| |  |
         | |                    |  *  |------| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |                    |     |      |   Channel   | |  |
         | |                    +-----+      +-------------+ |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         +------------------------------------------------------+

     Figure 2: Example Call Waiting Scenario / Alerting Applied to T1







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 13]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-14" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |Media Gateway                                         |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context C1                                       |  |
         | |  +-------------+                                |  |
         | |  | Term. T2    |   +-----+                      |  |
         | |  |-------------|   |     |                      |  |
       &lt;-+---&gt;| RTP Stream  |---|  *  |                      |  |
         | |  |             |   |     |                      |  |
         | |  +-------------+   +-----+                      |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         |                                                      |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         | |Context C2                                       |  |
         | |  +-------------+                +-------------+ |  |
         | |  | Term. T1    |   +-----+      | Term. T3    | |  |
         | |  |-------------|   |     |      |-------------| |  |
       &lt;-+---&gt;| SCN Bearer  |---|  *  |------| SCN Bearer  |&lt;---+-&gt;
         | |  |   Channel   |   |     |      |   Channel   | |  |
         | |  +-------------+   +-----+      +-------------+ |  |
         | +-------------------------------------------------+  |
         +------------------------------------------------------+

          Figure 3. Example Call Waiting Scenario / Answer by T1

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.1" href="#section-6.1">6.1</a> Contexts</span>

   A Context is an association between a number of Terminations.  The
   Context describes the topology (who hears/sees whom) and the media
   mixing and/or switching parameters if more than two Terminations are
   involved in the association.

   There is a special Context called the null Context. It contains
   Terminations that are not associated to any other Termination.
   Terminations in the null Context can have their parameters examined
   or modified, and may have events detected on them.

   In general, an Add command is used to add Terminations to Contexts.
   If the MGC does not specify an existing Context to which the
   Termination is to be added, the MG creates a new Context.  A
   Termination may be removed from a Context with a Subtract command,
   and a Termination may be moved from one Context to another with a
   Move command. A Termination SHALL exist in only one Context at a
   time.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 14]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-15" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The maximum number of Terminations in a Context is a MG property.
   Media gateways that offer only point-to-point connectivity might
   allow at most two Terminations per Context. Media gateways that
   support multipoint conferences might allow three or more terminations
   per Context.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.1.1" href="#section-6.1.1">6.1.1</a> Context Attributes and Descriptors</span>

   The attributes of Contexts are:

   *  ContextID.

   *  The topology (who hears/sees whom).
      The topology of a Context describes the flow of media between the
      Terminations within a Context.  In contrast, the mode of a
      Termination (send/receive/_) describes the flow of the media at
      the ingress/egress of the media gateway.

   *  The priority is used for a context in order to provide the MG with
      information about a certain precedence handling for a context. The
      MGC can also use the priority to control autonomously the traffic
      precedence in the MG in a smooth way in certain situations (e.g.
      restart), when a lot of contexts must be handled simultaneously.

   *  An indicator for an emergency call is also provided to allow a
      preference handling in the MG.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.1.2" href="#section-6.1.2">6.1.2</a> Creating, Deleting and Modifying Contexts</span>

   The protocol can be used to (implicitly) create Contexts and modify
   the parameter values of existing Contexts.  The protocol has commands
   to add Terminations to Contexts, subtract them from Contexts, and to
   move Terminations between Contexts.  Contexts are deleted implicitly
   when the last remaining Termination is subtracted or moved out.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2" href="#section-6.2">6.2</a> Terminations</span>

   A Termination is a logical entity on a MG that sources and/or sinks
   media and/or control streams.  A Termination is described by a number
   of characterizing Properties, which are grouped in a set of
   Descriptors that are included in commands. Terminations have unique
   identities (TerminationIDs), assigned by the MG at the time of their
   creation.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 15]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-16" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Terminations representing physical entities have a semi-permanent
   existence.  For example, a Termination representing a TDM channel
   might exist for as long as it is provisioned in the gateway.
   Terminations representing ephemeral information flows, such as RTP
   flows, would usually exist only for the duration of their use.

   Ephemeral Terminations are created by means of an Add command.  They
   are destroyed by means of a Subtract command.  In contrast, when a
   physical Termination is Added to or Subtracted from a Context, it is
   taken from or to the null Context, respectively.

   Terminations may have signals applied to them.  Signals are MG
   generated media streams such as tones and announcements as well as
   line signals such as hookswitch.  Terminations may be programmed to
   detect Events, the occurrence of which can trigger notification
   messages to the MGC, or action by the MG.  Statistics may be
   accumulated on a Termination.  Statistics are reported to the MGC
   upon request (by means of the AuditValue command, see <a href="#section-7.2.5">section 7.2.5</a>)
   and when the Termination is taken out of the call it is in.

   Multimedia gateways may process multiplexed media streams.  For
   example, Recommendation H.221 describes a frame structure for
   multiple media streams multiplexed on a number of digital 64 kbit/s
   channels.  Such a case is handled in the connection model in the
   following way.  For every bearer channel that carries part of the
   multiplexed streams, there is a Termination.  The Terminations that
   source/sink the digital channels are connected to a separate
   Termination called the multiplexing Termination. This Termination
   describes the multiplex used (e.g. how the H.221 frames are carried
   over the digital channels used).  The MuxDescriptor is used to this
   end.  If multiple media are carried, this Termination contains
   multiple StreamDescriptors. The media streams can be associated with
   streams sourced/sunk by other Terminations in the Context.

   Terminations may be created which represent multiplexed bearers, such
   as an ATM AAL Type 2 bearer.  When a new multiplexed bearer is to be
   created, an ephemeral termination is created in a context established
   for this purpose.  When the termination is subtracted, the
   multiplexed bearer is destroyed.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.1" href="#section-6.2.1">6.2.1</a> Termination Dynamics</span>

   The protocol can be used to create new Terminations and to modify
   property values of existing Terminations.  These modifications
   include the possibility of adding or removing events and/or signals.
   The Termination properties, and events and signals are described in





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 16]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-17" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   the ensuing sections. An MGC can only release/modify terminations and
   the resources that the termination represents which it has previously
   seized via, e.g., the Add command.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.2" href="#section-6.2.2">6.2.2</a> TerminationIDs</span>

   Terminations are referenced by a TerminationID, which is an arbitrary
   schema chosen by the MG.

   TerminationIDs of physical Terminations are provisioned in the Media
   Gateway. The TerminationIDs may be chosen to have structure.  For
   instance, a TerminationID may consist of trunk group and a trunk
   within the group.

   A wildcarding mechanism using two types of wildcards can be used with
   TerminationIDs.  The two wildcards are ALL and CHOOSE.  The former is
   used to address multiple Terminations at once, while the latter is
   used to indicate to a media gateway that it must select a Termination
   satisfying the partially specified TerminationID.  This allows, for
   instance, that a MGC instructs a MG to choose a circuit within a
   trunk group.

   When ALL is used in the TerminationID of a command, the effect is
   identical to repeating the command with each of the matching
   TerminationIDs.  Since each of these commands may generate a
   response, the size of the entire response may be large.  If
   individual responses are not required, a wildcard response may be
   requested.  In such a case, a single response is generated, which
   contains the UNION of all of the individual responses which otherwise
   would have been generated, with duplicate values suppressed.  For
   instance, given a Termination Ta with properties p1=a, p2=b and
   Termination Tb with properties p2=c, p3=d, a UNION response would
   consist of a wildcarded TerminationId and the sequence of properties
   p1=a, p2=b,c and p3=d.  Wildcard response may be particularly useful
   in the Audit commands.

   The encoding of the wildcarding mechanism is detailed in Annexes A
   and B.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.3" href="#section-6.2.3">6.2.3</a> Packages</span>

   Different types of gateways may implement Terminations that have
   widely differing characteristics.  Variations in Terminations are
   accommodated in the protocol by allowing Terminations to have
   optional Properties, Events, Signals and Statistics implemented by
   MGs.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 17]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-18" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   In order to achieve MG/MGC interoperability, such options are grouped
   into Packages, and a Termination realizes a set of such Packages.
   More information on definition of packages can be found in <a href="#section-12">section</a>
   <a href="#section-12">12</a>.  An MGC can audit a Termination to determine which Packages it
   realizes.

   Properties, Events, Signals and Statistics defined in Packages, as
   well as parameters to them, are referenced by identifiers (Ids).
   Identifiers are scoped. For each package, PropertyIds, EventIds,
   SignalIds, StatisticsIds and ParameterIds have unique name spaces and
   the same identifier may be used in each of them.  Two PropertyIds in
   different packages may also have the same identifier, etc.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.4" href="#section-6.2.4">6.2.4</a> Termination Properties and Descriptors</span>

   Terminations have properties.  The properties have unique
   PropertyIDs.  Most properties have default values, which are
   explicitly defined in this standard or in a package (see <a href="#section-12">Section 12</a>)
   or set by provisioning.  If not provisioned otherwise, all
   descriptors except TerminationState and LocalControl default to
   empty/"no value" when a Termination is first created or returned to
   the null Context.  The default contents of the two exceptions are
   described in sections <a href="#section-7.1.5">7.1.5</a> and <a href="#section-7.1.7">7.1.7</a>.

   There are a number of common properties for Terminations and
   properties specific to media streams. The common properties are also
   called the termination state properties.  For each media stream,
   there are local properties and properties of the received and
   transmitted flows.

   Properties not included in the base protocol are defined in Packages.
   These properties are referred to by a name consisting of the
   PackageName and a PropertyId.  Most properties have default values
   described in the Package description. Properties may be read- only or
   read/write.  The possible values of a property may be audited, as can
   their current values.  For properties that are read/write, the MGC
   can set their values.  A property may be declared as "Global" which
   has a single value shared by all terminations realizing the package.
   Related properties are grouped into descriptors for convenience.

   When a Termination is Added to a Context, the value of its read/write
   properties can be set by including the appropriate descriptors as
   parameters to the Add command.  Properties not mentioned in the
   command retain their prior values.  Similarly, a property of a
   Termination in a Context may have its value changed by the Modify
   command.  Properties not mentioned in the Modify command retain their
   prior values. Properties may also have their values changed when a




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 18]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-19" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Termination is moved from one Context to another as a result of a
   Move command.  In some cases, descriptors are returned as output from
   a command.

   The following table lists all of the possible Descriptors and their
   use.  Not all descriptors are legal as input or output parameters to
   every command.












































<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 19]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-20" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   +------------------+-----------------------------------------------+
   | Descriptor Name  | Description                                   |
   |------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
   | Modem            | Identifies modem type and properties          |
   |                  | when applicable.                              |
   | Mux              | Describes multiplex type for multimedia       |
   |                  | terminations (e.g. H.221, H.223, H.225.0)     |
   |                  | and Terminations forming the input mux.       |
   | Media            | A list of media stream specifications         |
   |                  | (see 7.1.4).                                  |
   | TerminationState | Properties of a Termination (which can be     |
   |                  | defined in Packages) that are not stream      |
   |                  | specific.                                     |
   | Stream           | A list of remote/local/localControl           |
   |                  | descriptors for a single stream.              |
   | Local            | Contains properties that specify the media    |
   |                  | flows that the MG receives from the remote    |
   |                  | entity.                                       |
   | Remote           | Contains properties that specify the media    |
   |                  | flows that the MG sends to the remote entity. |
   | LocalControl     | Contains properties (which can be defined in  |
   |                  | packages) that are of interest between the MG |
   |                  | and the MGC.                                  |
   | Events           | Describes events to be detected by the MG and |
   |                  | what to do when an event is detected.         |
   | EventBuffer      | Describes events to be detected by the MG     |
   |                  | when Event Buffering is active.               |
   | Signals          | Describes signals and/or actions to be        |
   |                  | applied (e.g. Busy Tone) to the Terminations. |
   | Audit            | In Audit commands, identifies which           |
   |                  | information is desired.                       |
   | Packages         | In AuditValue, returns a list of Packages     |
   |                  | realized by Termination.                      |
   | DigitMap         | Defines patterns against which sequences of a |
   |                  | specified set of events are to be matched so  |
   |                  | they can be reported as a group rather than   |
   |                  | singly.                                       |
   | ServiceChange    | In ServiceChange, what, why service change    |
   |                  | occurred, etc.                                |
   | ObservedEvents   | In Notify or AuditValue, report of events     |
   |                  | observed.                                     |
   | Statistics       | In Subtract and Audit, Report of Statistics   |
   |                  | kept on a Termination.                        |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------+







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 20]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-21" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-6.2.5" href="#section-6.2.5">6.2.5</a> Root Termination</span>

   Occasionally, a command must refer to the entire gateway, rather than
   a termination within it.  A special TerminationID, "Root" is reserved
   for this purpose.  Packages may be defined on Root.  Root thus may
   have properties, events and statistics (signals  are not appropriate
   for root).  Accordingly, the root TerminationID may appear in:

   *  a Modify command - to change a property or set an event
   *  a Notify command - to report an event
   *  an AuditValue return - to examine the values of properties and
      statistics implemented on root
   *  an AuditCapability - to determine what properties of root are
      implemented
   *  a ServiceChange - to declare the gateway in or out of service.

   Any other use of the root TerminationID is an error.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-7" href="#section-7">7</a>. COMMANDS</span>

   The protocol provides commands for manipulating the logical entities
   of the protocol connection model, Contexts and Terminations.

   Commands provide control at the finest level of granularity supported
   by the protocol.  For example, Commands exist to add Terminations to
   a Context, modify Terminations, subtract Terminations from a Context,
   and audit properties of Contexts or Terminations. Commands provide
   for complete control of the properties of Contexts and Terminations.
   This includes specifying which events a Termination is to report,
   which signals/actions are to be applied to a Termination and
   specifying the topology of a Context (who hears/sees whom).

   Most commands are for the specific use of the Media Gateway
   Controller as command initiator in controlling Media Gateways as
   command responders.  The exceptions are the Notify and ServiceChange
   commands: Notify is sent from Media Gateway to Media Gateway
   Controller, and ServiceChange may be sent by either entity.  Below is
   an overview of the commands; they are explained in more detail in
   <a href="#section-7.2">section 7.2</a>.

   1. Add. The Add command adds a termination to a context.  The Add
      command on the first Termination in a Context is used to create a
      Context.

   2. Modify. The Modify command modifies the properties, events and
      signals of a termination.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 21]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-22" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   3. Subtract. The Subtract command disconnects a Termination from its
      Context and returns statistics on the Termination's participation
      in the Context.  The Subtract command on the last Termination in a
      Context deletes the Context.

   4. Move. The Move command atomically moves a Termination to another
      context.

   5. AuditValue. The AuditValue command returns the current state of
      properties, events,  signals and statistics of Terminations.

   6. AuditCapabilities. The AuditCapabilities command returns all the
      possible values for Termination properties, events and signals
      allowed by the Media Gateway.

   7. Notify. The Notify command allows the Media Gateway to inform the
      Media Gateway Controller of the occurrence of events in the Media
      Gateway.

   8. ServiceChange. The ServiceChange Command allows the Media Gateway
      to notify the Media Gateway Controller that a Termination or group
      of Terminations is about to be taken out of service or has just
      been returned to service.   ServiceChange is also used by the MG
      to announce its availability to an MGC (registration), and to
      notify the MGC of impending or completed restart of the MG. The
      MGC may announce a handover to the MG by sending it a
      ServiceChange command.  The MGC may also use ServiceChange to
      instruct the MG to take a Termination or group of Terminations in
      or out of service.

   These commands are detailed in sections <a href="#section-7.2.1">7.2.1</a> through <a href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a>

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1" href="#section-7.1">7.1</a> Descriptors</span>

   The parameters to a command are termed Descriptors. A Descriptor
   consists of a name and a list of items. Some items may have values.
   Many Commands share common Descriptors.  This subsection enumerates
   these Descriptors.  Descriptors may be returned as output from a
   command.  In any such return of descriptor contents, an empty
   descriptor is represented by its name unaccompanied by any list.
   Parameters and parameter usage specific to a given Command type are
   described in the subsection that describes the Command.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.1" href="#section-7.1.1">7.1.1</a> Specifying Parameters</span>

   Command parameters are structured into a number of descriptors. In
   general, the text format of descriptors is
   DescriptorName=&lt;someID&gt;{parm=value, parm=value_.}.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 22]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-23" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Parameters may be fully specified, over-specified or under-specified:

   1. Fully specified parameters have a single, unambiguous value that
      the command initiator is instructing the command responder to use
      for the specified parameter.

   2. Under-specified parameters, using the CHOOSE value, allow the
      command responder to choose any value it can support.

   3. Over-specified parameters have a list of potential values.  The
      list order specifies the command initiator's order of preference
      of selection.  The command responder chooses one value from the
      offered list and returns that value to the command initiator.

   If a required descriptor other than the Audit descriptor is
   unspecified (i.e., entirely absent) from a command, the previous
   values set in that descriptor for that termination, if any, are
   retained.  A missing Audit descriptor is equivalent to an empty Audit
   Descriptor.  The behavior of the MG with respect to unspecified
   parameters within a descriptor varies with the descriptor concerned,
   as indicated in succeeding sections.  Whenever a parameter is
   underspecified or overspecified, the descriptor containing the value
   chosen by the responder is included as output from the command.

   Each command specifies the TerminationId the command operates on.
   This TerminationId may be "wildcarded".  When the TerminationId of a
   command is wildcarded, the effect shall be as if the command was
   repeated with each of the TerminationIds matched.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.2" href="#section-7.1.2">7.1.2</a> Modem Descriptor</span>

   The Modem descriptor specifies the modem type and parameters, if any,
   required for use in e.g. H.324 and text conversation.  The descriptor
   includes the following modem types: V.18, V.22, V.22bis, V.32,
   V.32bis, V.34, V.90, V.91, Synchronous ISDN, and allows for
   extensions.  By default, no modem descriptor is present in a
   Termination.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.3" href="#section-7.1.3">7.1.3</a> Multiplex Descriptor</span>

   In multimedia calls, a number of media streams are carried on a
   (possibly different) number of bearers.  The multiplex descriptor
   associates the media and the bearers. The descriptor includes the
   multiplex type:







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 23]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-24" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   *  H.221
   *  H.223,
   *  H.226,
   *  V.76,
   *  Possible Extensions

   and a set of TerminationIDs representing the multiplexed inputs, in
   order.  For example:

       Mux = H.221{ MyT3/1/2, MyT3/2/13, MyT3/3/6, MyT3/21/22}

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.4" href="#section-7.1.4">7.1.4</a> Media Descriptor</span>

   The Media Descriptor specifies the parameters for all the media
   streams.  These parameters are structured into two descriptors, a
   Termination State Descriptor, which specifies the properties of a
   termination that are not stream dependent, and one or more Stream
   Descriptors each of which describes a single media stream.

   A stream is identified by a StreamID.  The StreamID is used to link
   the streams in a Context that belong together. Multiple streams
   exiting a termination shall be synchronized with each other.  Within
   the Stream Descriptor, there are up to three subsidiary descriptors,
   LocalControl, Local, and Remote. The relationship between these
   descriptors is thus:

   Media Descriptor
        TerminationStateDescriptor
        Stream Descriptor
                LocalControl Descriptor
                Local Descriptor
                Remote Descriptor

   As a convenience a LocalControl, Local, or Remote descriptor may be
   included in the Media Descriptor without an enclosing Stream
   descriptor.  In this case, the StreamID is assumed to be 1.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.5" href="#section-7.1.5">7.1.5</a> Termination State Descriptor</span>

   The Termination State Descriptor contains the ServiceStates property,
   the EventBufferControl property and properties of a termination
   (defined in Packages) that are not stream specific.

   The ServiceStates property describes the overall state of the
   termination (not stream-specific).  A Termination can be in one of
   the following states: "test", "out of service", or "in service". The
   "test" state indicates that the termination is being tested. The
   state "out of service" indicates that the termination cannot be used



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 24]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-25" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   for traffic.  The state "in service" indicates that a termination can
   be used or is being used for normal traffic.  "in service" is the
   default state.

   Values assigned to Properties may be simple values
   (integer/string/enumeration) or may be underspecified, where more
   than one value is supplied and the MG may make a choice:

   *  Alternative Values: multiple values in a list, one of which must
      be selected
   *  Ranges: minimum and maximum values, any value between min and max
      must be selected, boundary values included
   *  Greater Than/Less Than: value must be greater/less than specified
      value
   *  CHOOSE Wildcard: the MG chooses from the allowed values for the
      property

   The EventBufferControl property  specifies whether events are
   buffered following detection of an event in the Events Descriptor, or
   processed immediately.  See <a href="#section-7.1.9">section 7.1.9</a> for details.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.6" href="#section-7.1.6">7.1.6</a> Stream Descriptor</span>

   A Stream descriptor specifies the parameters of a single bi-
   directional stream.  These parameters are structured into three
   descriptors: one that contains termination properties specific to a
   stream and one each for local and remote flows. The Stream Descriptor
   includes a StreamID which identifies the stream.  Streams are created
   by specifying a new StreamID on one of the terminations in a Context.
   A stream is deleted by setting empty Local and Remote descriptors for
   the stream with ReserveGroup and ReserveValue in LocalControl set to
   "false" on all terminations in the context that previously supported
   that stream.

   StreamIDs are of local significance between MGC and MG and they are
   assigned by the MGC.  Within a context, StreamID is a means by which
   to indicate which media flows are interconnected:  streams with the
   same StreamID are connected.

   If a termination is moved from one context to another, the effect on
   the context to which the termination is moved is the same as in the
   case that a new termination were added with the same StreamIDs as the
   moved termination.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 25]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-26" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.7" href="#section-7.1.7">7.1.7</a> LocalControl Descriptor</span>

   The LocalControl Descriptor contains the Mode property, the
   ReserveGroup and ReserveValue properties and properties of a
   termination (defined in Packages) that are stream specific, and are
   of interest between the MG and the MGC.  Values of properties may be
   underspecified as in <a href="#section-7.1.1">section 7.1.1</a>.

   The allowed values for the mode property are send-only, receive-only,
   send/receive, inactive and loop-back.  "Send" and "receive" are with
   respect to the exterior of the context, so that, for example, a
   stream set to mode=sendonly does not pass received media into the
   context.  Signals and Events are not affected by mode.

   The boolean-valued Reserve properties, ReserveValue and ReserveGroup,
   of a Termination indicate what the MG is expected to do when it
   receives a  local and/or remote descriptor.

   If the value of a Reserve property is True, the MG SHALL reserve
   resources for all alternatives specified in the local and/or remote
   descriptors for which it currently has resources available.  It SHALL
   respond with the alternatives for which it reserves resources. If it
   cannot not support any of the alternatives, it SHALL respond with a
   reply to the MGC that contains empty local and/or remote descriptors.

   If the value of a Reserve property is False, the MG SHALL choose one
   of the alternatives specified in the local descriptor (if present)
   and one of the alternatives specified in the remote descriptor (if
   present).  If the MG has not yet reserved resources to support the
   selected alternative, it SHALL reserve the resources.  If, on the
   other hand, it already reserved resources for the Termination
   addressed (because of a prior exchange with ReserveValue and/or
   ReserveGroup equal to True), it SHALL release any excess resources it
   reserved previously.  Finally, the MG shall send a reply to the MGC
   containing the alternatives for the local and/or remote descriptor
   that it selected.  If the MG does not have sufficient resources to
   support any of the alternatives specified, is SHALL respond with
   error 510 (insufficient resources).

   The default value of ReserveValue and ReserveGroup is False.  More
   information on the use of the two Reserve properties is provided in
   <a href="#section-7.1.8">section 7.1.8</a>.

   A new setting of the LocalControl Descriptor completely replaces the
   previous setting of that descriptor in the MG.  Thus to retain
   information from the previous setting the MGC must include that
   information in the new setting.  If the MGC wishes to delete some




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 26]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-27" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   information from the existing descriptor, it merely resends the
   descriptor (in a Modify command) with the unwanted information
   stripped out.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.8" href="#section-7.1.8">7.1.8</a> Local and Remote Descriptors</span>

   The MGC uses Local and Remote descriptors to reserve and commit MG
   resources for media decoding and encoding for the given Stream(s) and
   Termination to which they apply.  The MG includes these descriptors
   in its response to indicate what it is actually prepared to support.
   The MG SHALL include additional properties and their values in its
   response if these properties are mandatory yet not present in the
   requests made by the MGC (e.g., by specifying detailed video encoding
   parameters where the MGC only specified the payload type).

   Local refers to the media received by the MG and Remote refers to the
   media sent by the MG.

   When text encoding the protocol, the descriptors consist of session
   descriptions as defined in SDP (<a href="./rfc2327">RFC2327</a>).  In session descriptions
   sent from the MGC to the MG, the following exceptions to the syntax
   of <a href="./rfc2327">RFC 2327</a> are allowed:

   *  the "s=", "t=" and "o=" lines are optional,
   *  the use of CHOOSE is allowed in place of a single parameter value,
      and
   *  the use of alternatives is allowed in place of a single parameter
      value.

   When multiple session descriptions are provided in one descriptor,
   the "v=" lines are required as delimiters; otherwise they are
   optional in session descriptions sent to the MG.  Implementations
   shall accept session descriptions that are fully conformant to
   <a href="./rfc2327">RFC2327</a>. When binary encoding the protocol the descriptor consists of
   groups of properties (tag-value pairs) as specified in Annex C. Each
   such group may contain the parameters of a session description.

   Below, the semantics of the local and remote descriptors are
   specified in detail.  The specification consists of two parts.  The
   first part specifies the interpretation of the contents of the
   descriptor.  The second part specifies the actions the MG must take
   upon receiving the local and remote descriptors.  The actions to be
   taken by the MG depend on the values of the ReserveValue and
   ReserveGroup properties of the LocalControl descriptor.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 27]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-28" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Either the local or the remote descriptor or both may be

   *  unspecified (i.e., absent),
   *  empty,
   *  underspecified through use of CHOOSE in a property value,
   *  fully specified, or
   *  overspecified through presentation of multiple groups of
      properties and possibly multiple property values in one or more of
      these groups.

   Where the descriptors have been passed from the MGC to the MG, they
   are interpreted according to the rules given in <a href="#section-7.1.1">section 7.1.1</a>, with
   the following additional comments for clarification:

   (a) An unspecified Local or Remote descriptor is considered to be a
   missing mandatory parameter.  It requires the MG to use whatever was
   last specified for that descriptor.  It is possible that there was no
   previously-specified value, in which case the descriptor concerned is
   ignored in further processing of the command.

   (b) An empty Local (Remote) descriptor in a message from the MGC
   signifies a request to release any resources reserved for the media
   flow received (sent).

   (c) If multiple groups of properties are present in a Local or Remote
   descriptor or multiple values within a group, the order of preference
   is descending.

   (d) Underspecified or overspecified properties within a group of
   properties sent by the MGC are requests for  the MG to choose one or
   more values which it can support for each of those properties.  In
   case of an overspecified property, the list of values is in
   descending order of preference.

   Subject to the above rules, subsequent action depends on the values
   of the ReserveValue and ReserveGroup properties in LocalControl.

   If ReserveGroup is true, the MG reserves the resources required to
   support any of the requested property group alternatives that it can
   currently support.  If ReserveValue is true, the MG reserves the
   resources required to support any of the requested property value
   alternatives that it can currently support.

   NOTE -  If a Local or Remote descriptor contains multiple groups of
   properties, and ReserveGroup is true, then the MG is requested to
   reserve resources so that it can decode or encode the media stream
   according to any of the alternatives.  For instance, if the Local
   descriptor contains two groups of properties, one specifying



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 28]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-29" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   packetized G.711 A-law audio and the other G.723.1 audio, the MG
   reserves resources so that it can decode one audio stream encoded in
   either G.711 A-law format or G.723.1 format.  The MG does not have to
   reserve resources to decode two audio streams simultaneously, one
   encoded in G.711 A-law and one in G.723.1.  The intention for the use
   of  ReserveValue is analogous.

   If ReserveGroup is true or ReserveValue is true, then the following
   rules apply.

   *  If the MG has insufficient resources to support all alternatives
      requested by the MGC and the MGC requested resources in both Local
      and Remote, the MG should reserve resources to support at least
      one alternative each within Local and Remote.

   *  If the MG has insufficient resources to support at least one
      alternative within a Local  (Remote) descriptor received from the
      MGC, it shall return an empty Local (Remote) in response.

   *  In its response to the MGC, when the MGC included Local and Remote
      descriptors, the MG SHALL include Local and Remote descriptors for
      all groups of properties and property values it reserved resources
      for.  If the MG is incapable of supporting at least one of the
      alternatives within the Local (Remote) descriptor received from
      the MGC, it SHALL return an empty Local (Remote) descriptor.

   *  If the Mode property of the LocalControl descriptor is RecvOnly,
      SendRecv, or Loopback, the MG must be prepared to receive media
      encoded according to any of the alternatives included in its
      response to the MGC.

   *  If ReserveGroup is False and ReserveValue is false, then the MG
      SHOULD apply the following rules to resolve Local and Remote to a
      single alternative each:

   *  The MG chooses the first alternative in Local for which it is able
      to support at least one alternative in Remote.

   *  If the MG is unable to support at least one Local and one Remote
      alternative, it returns Error 510 (Insufficient Resources).

   *  The MG returns its selected alternative in each of Local and
      Remote.

   A new setting of a Local or Remote Descriptor completely replaces the
   previous setting of that descriptor in the MG.  Thus to retain
   information from the previous setting the MGC must include that
   information in the new setting.  If the MGC wishes to delete some



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 29]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-30" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   information from the existing descriptor, it merely resends the
   descriptor (in a Modify command) with the unwanted information
   stripped out.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.9" href="#section-7.1.9">7.1.9</a> Events Descriptor</span>

   The EventsDescriptor parameter contains a RequestIdentifier and a
   list of events that the Media Gateway is requested to detect and
   report.  The RequestIdentifier is used to correlate the request with
   the notifications that it may trigger.  Requested events include, for
   example, fax tones, continuity test results, and on-hook and off-hook
   transitions.

   Each event in the descriptor contains the Event name, an optional
   streamID, an optional KeepActive flag, and optional parameters.  The
   Event name consists of a Package Name (where the event is defined)
   and an EventID. The ALL wildcard may be used for the EventID,
   indicating that all events from the specified package have to be
   detected.  The default streamID is 0, indicating that the event to be
   detected is not related to a particular media stream.  Events can
   have parameters.  This allows a single event description to have some
   variation in meaning without creating large numbers of individual
   events.  Further event parameters are defined in the package.

   If a digit map completion event is present or implied in the
   EventsDescriptor, the EventDM parameter is used to carry either the
   name or the value of the associated digit map.  See <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a>
   for further details.

   When an event is processed against the contents of an active Events
   descriptor and found to be present in that descriptor ("recognized"),
   the default action of the MG is to send a Notify command to the MG.
   Notification may be deferred if the event is absorbed into the
   current dial string of an active digit map (see <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a>).  Any
   other action is for further study.  Moreover, event recognition may
   cause currently active signals to stop, or may cause the current
   Events and/or Signals descriptor to be replaced, as described at the
   end of this section.

   If the value of the EventBufferControl property equals LockStep,
   following detection of such an event, normal handling of events is
   suspended. Any event which is subsequently detected and occurs in the
   EventBuffer Descriptor is added to the end of the EventBuffer (a FIFO
   queue), along with the time that it was detected.   The MG SHALL wait
   for a new EventsDescriptor to be loaded.  A new EventsDescriptor can
   be loaded either as the result of receiving a command with a new
   EventsDescriptor, or by activating an embedded EventsDescriptor.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 30]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-31" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   If EventBufferControl equals Off, the MG continues processing based
   on the active EventsDescriptor.

   In the case that an embedded EventsDescriptor being activated, the MG
   continues event processing based on the newly activated
   EventsDescriptor (Note -  for purposes of EventBuffer handling,
   activation of an embedded EventsDescriptor is equivalent to receipt
   of a new EventsDescriptor).

   When the MG receives a command with a new EventsDescriptor, one or
   more events may have been buffered in the EventBuffer in the MG. The
   value of EventBufferControl then determines how the MG treats such
   buffered events.

   Case 1

   If EventBufferControl equals LockStep  and the MG receives a new
   EventsDescriptor it will check the FIFO EventBuffer and take the
   following actions:

   1. If the EventBuffer is empty, the MG waits for detection of events
      based on the new EventsDescriptor.

   2. If the EventBuffer is non-empty, the MG processes the FIFO queue
      starting with the first event:

      a) If the event in the queue is in the events listed in the new
         EventsDescriptor, the MG acts on the event and removes the
         event from the EventBuffer.  The time stamp of the Notify shall
         be the time the event was actually detected.  The MG then waits
         for a new EventsDescriptor. While waiting for a new
         EventsDescriptor, any events detected that appear in the
         EventsBufferDescriptor will be placed in the EventBuffer.  When
         a new EventsDescriptor is received, the event processing will
         repeat from step 1.

      b) If the event is not in the new EventsDescriptor, the MG SHALL
         discard the event and repeat from step 1.

   Case 2

   If EventBufferControl equals Off and the MG receives a new
   EventsDescriptor, it processes new events with the new
   EventsDescriptor.

   If the MG receives a command instructing it to set the value of
   EventBufferControl to Off, all events in the EventBuffer SHALL be
   discarded.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 31]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-32" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The MG may report several events in a single Transaction as long as
   this does not unnecessarily delay the reporting of individual events.

   For procedures regarding transmitting the Notify command, refer to
   the appropriate annex for specific transport considerations.

   The default value of EventBufferControl is Off.

   Note - Since the EventBufferControl property is in the
   TerminationStateDescriptor, the MG might receive a command that
   changes the EventBufferControl property and does not include an
   EventsDescriptor.

   Normally, recognition of an event shall cause any active signals to
   stop.  When KeepActive is specified in the event, the MG shall not
   interrupt any signals active on the Termination on which the event is
   detected.

   An event can include an Embedded Signals descriptor and/or an
   Embedded Events Descriptor which, if present, replaces the current
   Signals/Events descriptor when the event is recognized.  It is
   possible, for example, to specify that the dial-tone Signal be
   generated when an off-hook Event is recognized, or that the dial-tone
   Signal be stopped when a digit is recognized.  A media gateway
   controller shall not send EventsDescriptors with an event both marked
   KeepActive and containing an embedded SignalsDescriptor.

   Only one level of embedding is permitted.  An embedded
   EventsDescriptor SHALL NOT contain another embedded EventsDescriptor;
   an embedded EventsDescriptor may contain an embedded
   SignalsDescriptor.

   An EventsDescriptor received by a media gateway replaces any previous
   Events Descriptor.  Event notification in process shall complete, and
   events detected after the command containing the new EventsDescriptor
   executes, shall be processed according to the new EventsDescriptor.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.10" href="#section-7.1.10">7.1.10</a> EventBuffer Descriptor</span>

   The EventBuffer Descriptor contains a list of events, with their
   parameters if any, that the MG is requested to detect and buffer when
   EventBufferControl equals LockStep (see 7.1.9).

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.11" href="#section-7.1.11">7.1.11</a> Signals Descriptor</span>

   A SignalsDescriptor is a parameter that contains the set of signals
   that the Media Gateway is asked to apply to a Termination. A
   SignalsDescriptor contains a number of signals and/or sequential



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 32]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-33" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   signal lists.  A SignalsDescriptor may contain zero signals and
   sequential signal lists.  Support of sequential signal lists is
   optional.

   Signals are defined in packages.  Signals shall be named with a
   Package name (in which the signal is defined) and a SignalID.  No
   wildcard shall be used in the SignalID.  Signals that occur in a
   SignalsDescriptor have an optional StreamID parameter (default is 0,
   to indicate that the signal is not related to a particular media
   stream), an optional signal type (see below), an optional duration
   and possibly parameters defined in the package that defines the
   signal.  This allows a single signal to have some variation in
   meaning, obviating the need to create large numbers of individual
   signals.

   Finally, the optional parameter "notifyCompletion" allows a MGC to
   indicate that it wishes to be notified when the signal finishes
   playout.  The possible cases are that the signal timed out, that it
   was interrupted by an event, that it was halted when a Signals
   Descriptor was replaced, or that it stopped or never started for
   other reasons.  If the notifyCompletion parameter is not included in
   a Signals Descriptor, notification is generated only if the signal
   stopped or was never started for other reasons.  For reporting to
   occur, the signal completion event (see section E.1.2) must be
   enabled in the currently active Events Descriptor.

   The duration is an integer value that is expressed in hundredths of a
   second.

   There are three types of signals:

   *  on/off - the signal lasts until it is turned off,
   *  timeout - the signal lasts until it is turned off or a specific
      period of time elapses,
   *  brief - the signal duration is so short that it will stop on its
      own unless a new signal is applied that causes it to stop; no
      timeout value is needed.

   If the signal type is specified in a SignalsDescriptor, it overrides
   the default signal type (see <a href="#section-12.1.4">Section 12.1.4</a>). If duration is
   specified for an on/off signal, it SHALL be ignored.

   A sequential signal list consists of a signal list identifier, a
   sequence of signals to be played sequentially, and a signal type.
   Only the trailing element of the sequence of signals in a sequential
   signal list may be an on/off signal.  If the trailing element of the
   sequence is an on/off signal, the signal type of the sequential
   signal list shall be on/off as well.  If the sequence of signals in a



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 33]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-34" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   sequential signal list contains signals of type timeout and the
   trailing element is not of type on/off, the type of the sequential
   signal list SHALL be set to timeout.  The duration of a sequential
   signal list with type timeout is the sum of the durations of the
   signals it contains.  If the sequence of signals in a sequential
   signal list contains only signals of type brief, the type of the
   sequential signal list SHALL be set to brief.  A signal list is
   treated as a single signal of the specified type when played out.

   Multiple signals and sequential signal lists in the same
   SignalsDescriptor shall be played simultaneously.

   Signals are defined as proceeding from the termination towards the
   exterior of the Context unless otherwise specified in a package. When
   the same Signal is applied to multiple Terminations within one
   Transaction, the MG should consider using the same resource to
   generate these Signals.

   Production of a Signal on a Termination is stopped by application of
   a new SignalsDescriptor, or detection of an Event on the Termination
   (see <a href="#section-7.1.9">section 7.1.9</a>).

   A new SignalsDescriptor replaces any existing SignalsDescriptor. Any
   signals applied to the Termination not in the replacement descriptor
   shall be stopped, and new signals are applied, except as follows.
   Signals present in the replacement descriptor and containing the
   KeepActive flagshall be continued if they are currently playing and
   have not already completed.  If a replacement signal descriptor
   contains a signal that is not currently playing and contains the
   KeepActive flag, that signal SHALL be ignored.  If the replacement
   descriptor contains a sequential signal list with the same identifier
   as the existing descriptor, then

   *  the signal type and sequence of signals in the sequential signal
      list in the replacement descriptor shall be ignored, and

   *  the playing of the signals in the sequential signal list in the
      existing descriptor shall not be interrupted.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.12" href="#section-7.1.12">7.1.12</a> Audit Descriptor</span>

   The Audit Descriptor specifies what information is to be audited. The
   Audit Descriptor specifies the list of descriptors to be returned.
   Audit may be used in any command to force the return of a descriptor
   even if the descriptor in the command was not present, or had no
   underspecified parameters.  Possible items in the Audit Descriptor
   are:




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 34]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-35" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


           +----------------+
           | Modem          |
           |----------------|
           | Mux            |
           |----------------|
           | Events         |
           |----------------|
           | Media          |
           |----------------|
           | Signals        |
           |----------------|
           | ObservedEvents |
           |----------------|
           | DigitMap       |
           |----------------|
           | Statistics     |
           |----------------|
           | Packages       |
           |----------------|
           | EventBuffer    |
           +----------------+

   Audit may be empty, in which case, no descriptors are returned. This
   is useful in Subtract, to inhibit return of statistics, especially
   when using wildcard.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.13" href="#section-7.1.13">7.1.13</a> ServiceChange Descriptor</span>

   The ServiceChangeDescriptor contains the following parameters:

   *  ServiceChangeMethod
   *  ServiceChangeReason
   *  ServiceChangeAddress
   *  ServiceChangeDelay
   *  ServiceChangeProfile
   *  ServiceChangeVersion
   *  ServiceChangeMGCId
   *  TimeStamp
   *  Extension.

   See <a href="#section-7.2.8">section 7.2.8</a>.










<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 35]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-36" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14" href="#section-7.1.14">7.1.14</a> DigitMap Descriptor</span>

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.1" href="#section-7.1.14.1">7.1.14.1</a> DigitMap Definition, Creation, Modification and Deletion</span>

   A DigitMap is a dialing plan resident in the Media Gateway used for
   detecting and reporting digit events received on a Termination.  The
   DigitMap Descriptor contains a DigitMap name and the DigitMap to be
   assigned.  A digit map may be preloaded into the MG by management
   action and referenced by name in an EventsDescriptor, may be defined
   dynamically and subsequently referenced by name, or the actual
   digitmap itself may be specified in the EventsDescriptor. It is
   permissible for a digit map completion event within an Events
   Descriptor to refer by name to a DigitMap which is defined by a
   DigitMap Descriptor within the same command, regardless of the
   transmitted order of the respective descriptors.

   DigitMaps defined in a DigitMapDescriptor can occur in any of the
   standard Termination manipulation Commands of the protocol.  A
   DigitMap, once defined, can be used on all Terminations specified by
   the (possibly wildcarded) TerminationID in such a command. DigitMaps
   defined on the root Termination are global and can be used on every
   Termination in the MG, provided that a DigitMap with the same name
   has not been defined on the given Termination. When a DigitMap is
   defined dynamically in a DigitMap Descriptor:

   *  A new DigitMap is created by specifying a name that is not yet
      defined.  The value shall be present.

   *  A DigitMap value is updated by supplying a new value for a name
      that is already defined.  Terminations presently using the
      digitmap shall continue to use the old definition; subsequent
      EventsDescriptors specifying the name, including any
      EventsDescriptor in the command containing the DigitMap
      descriptor, shall use the new one.

   *  A DigitMap is deleted by supplying an empty value for a name that
      is already defined.  Terminations presently using the digitmap
      shall continue to use the old definition.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.2" href="#section-7.1.14.2">7.1.14.2</a> DigitMap Timers</span>

   The collection of digits according to a DigitMap may be protected by
   three timers, viz. a start timer (T), short timer (S), and long timer
   (L).

   1. The start timer (T) is used prior to any digits having been
      dialed.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 36]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-37" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   2. If the Media Gateway can determine that at least one more digit is
      needed for a digit string to match any of the allowed patterns in
      the digit map, then the interdigit timer value should be set to a
      long (L) duration (e.g. 16 seconds).

   3. If the digit string has matched one of the patterns in a digit
      map, but it is possible that more digits could be received which
      would cause a match with a different pattern, then instead of
      reporting the match immediately, the MG must apply the short timer
      (S) and wait for more digits.

   The timers are configurable parameters to a DigitMap.  The Start
   timer is started at the beginning of every digit map use, but can be
   overridden.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.3" href="#section-7.1.14.3">7.1.14.3</a> DigitMap Syntax</span>

   The formal syntax of the digit map is described by the DigitMap rule
   in the formal syntax description of the protocol (see Annex A and
   Annex B). A DigitMap, according to this syntax, is defined either by
   a string or by a list of strings. Each string in the list is an
   alternative event sequence, specified either as a sequence of digit
   map symbols or as a regular expression of digit map symbols.  These
   digit map symbols, the digits "0" through "9" and letters "A" through
   a maximum value depending on the signalling system concerned, but
   never exceeding "K", correspond to specified events within a package
   which has been designated in the Events Descriptor on the termination
   to which the digit map is being applied.  (The mapping between events
   and digit map symbols is defined in the documentation for packages
   associated with channel-associated signalling systems such as DTMF,
   MF, or R2.  Digits "0" through "9" MUST be mapped to the
   corresponding digit events within the signalling system concerned.
   Letters should be allocated in logical fashion, facilitating the use
   of range notation for alternative events.)

   The letter "x" is used as a wildcard, designating any event
   corresponding to symbols in the range "0"-"9".  The string may also
   contain explicit ranges and, more generally, explicit sets of
   symbols, designating alternative events any one of which satisfies
   that position of the digit map.  Finally, the dot symbol "." stands
   for zero or more repetitions of the event selector (event, range of
   events, set of alternative events, or wildcard) that precedes it. As
   a consequence of the third timing rule above, inter-event timing
   while matching a terminal dot symbol uses the short timer by default.

   In addition to these event symbols, the string may contain "S" and
   "L" inter-event timing specifiers and the "Z" duration modifier. "S"
   and "L" respectively indicate that the MG should use the short (S)



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 37]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-38" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   timer or the long (L) timer for subsequent events, over-riding the
   timing rules described above.  If an explicit timing specifier is in
   effect in one alternative event sequence, but none is given in any
   other candidate alternative, the timer value set by the explicit
   timing specifier must be used.  If all sequences with explicit timing
   controls are dropped from the candidate set, timing reverts to the
   default rules given above.  Finally, if conflicting timing specifiers
   are in effect in different alternative sequences, the results are
   undefined.

   A "Z" designates a long duration event: placed in front of the
   symbol(s) designating the event(s) which satisfy a given digit
   position, it indicates that that position is satisfied only if the
   duration of the event exceeds the long-duration threshold.  The value
   of this threshold is assumed to be provisioned in the MG.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.4" href="#section-7.1.14.4">7.1.14.4</a> DigitMap Completion Event</span>

   A digit map is active while the events descriptor which invoked it is
   active and it has not completed.  A digit map completes when:

   *  a timer has expired, or

   *  an alternative event sequence has been matched and no other
      alternative event sequence in the digit map could be matched
      through detection of an additional event (unambiguous match), or

   *  an event has been detected such that a match to a complete
      alternative event sequence of the digit map will be impossible no
      matter what additional events are received.

   Upon completion, a digit map completion event as defined in the
   package providing the events being mapped into the digit map shall be
   generated.  At that point the digit map is deactivated. Subsequent
   events in the package are processed as per the currently active event
   processing mechanisms.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.5" href="#section-7.1.14.5">7.1.14.5</a> DigitMap Procedures</span>

   Pending completion, successive events shall be processed according to
   the following rules:

   1. The "current dial string", an internal variable, is initially
      empty.  The set of candidate alternative event sequences includes
      all of the alternatives specified in the digit map.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 38]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-39" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   2. At each step, a timer is set to wait for the next event, based
      either on the default timing rules given above or on explicit
      timing specified in one or more alternative event sequences. If
      the timer expires and a member of the candidate set of
      alternatives is fully satisfied, a timeout completion with full
      match is reported.  If the timer expires and part or none of any
      candidate alternative is satisfied, a timeout completion with
      partial match is reported.

   3. If an event is detected before the timer expires, it is mapped to
      a digit string symbol and provisionally added to the end of the
      current dial string.  The duration of the event (long or not long)
      is noted if and only if this is relevant in the current symbol
      position (because at least one of the candidate alternative event
      sequences includes the "Z" modifier at this position in the
      sequence).

   4. The current dial string is compared to the candidate alternative
      event sequences.  If and only if a sequence expecting a long-
      duration event at this position is matched (i.e. the event had
      long duration and met the specification for this position), then
      any alternative event sequences not specifying a long duration
      event at this position are discarded, and the current dial string
      is modified by inserting a "Z" in front of the symbol representing
      the latest event.  Any sequence expecting a long-duration event at
      this position but not matching the observed event is discarded
      from the candidate set.   If alternative event sequences not
      specifying a long duration event in the given position remain in
      the candidate set after application of the above rules, the
      observed event duration is treated as irrelevant in assessing
      matches to them.

   5. If exactly one candidate remains and it has been fully matched, a
      completion event is generated indicating an unambiguous match. If
      no candidates remain, the latest event is removed from the current
      dial string and a completion event is generated indicating full
      match if one of the candidates from the previous step was fully
      satisfied before the latest event was detected, or partial match
      otherwise.  The event removed from the current dial string will
      then be reported as per the currently active event processing
      mechanisms.

   6. If no completion event is reported out of step 5, processing
      returns to step 2.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 39]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-40" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.6" href="#section-7.1.14.6">7.1.14.6</a> DigitMap Activation</span>

   A digit map is activated whenever a new event descriptor is applied
   to the termination or embedded event descriptor is activated, and
   that event descriptor contains a digit map completion event which
   itself contains a digit map parameter.  Each new activation of a
   digit map begins at step 1 of the above procedure, with a clear
   current dial string.  Any previous contents of the current dial
   string from an earlier activation are lost.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.7" href="#section-7.1.14.7">7.1.14.7</a> Interaction of DigitMap and Event Processing</span>

   While the digit map is activated, detection is enabled for all events
   defined in the package containing the specified digit map completion
   event.  Normal event behaviour (e.g. stopping of signals unless the
   digit completion event has the KeepActive flag enabled) continues to
   apply for each such event detected, except that:

   *  the events in the package containing the specified digit map
      completion event other than the completion event itself are not
      individually notified, and

   *  an event that triggers a partial match completion event is not
      recognized and therefore has no side effects until reprocessed
      following the recognition of the digit map completion event.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.8" href="#section-7.1.14.8">7.1.14.8</a> Wildcards</span>

   Note that if a package contains a digit map completion event, then an
   event specification consisting of the package name with a wildcarded
   ItemID (Property Name) will activate a digit map if the event
   includes a digit map parameter.  Regardless of whether a digit map is
   activated, if the package also contains the digit events themselves,
   this form of event specification will cause the individual events to
   be reported to the MGC as they are detected.
















<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 40]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-41" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.14.9" href="#section-7.1.14.9">7.1.14.9</a> Example</span>

   As an example, consider the following dial plan:

   +------------------------+------------------------------------------+
   | 0                      | Local operator                           |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | 00                     | Long distance operator                   |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | xxxx                   | Local extension number (starts with 1-7) |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | 8xxxxxxx               | Local number                             |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | #xxxxxxx               | Off-site extension                       |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | *xx                    | Star services                            |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | 91xxxxxxxxxx           | Long distance number                     |
   |------------------------+------------------------------------------|
   | 9011 + up to 15 digits | International number                     |
   +------------------------+------------------------------------------+

   If the DTMF detection package described in Annex E (section E.6) is
   used to collect the dialled digits, then the dialling plan shown
   above results in the following digit map:

      (0| 00|[1-7]xxx|8xxxxxxx|Fxxxxxxx|Exx|91xxxxxxxxxx|9011x.)

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.15" href="#section-7.1.15">7.1.15</a> Statistics Descriptor</span>

   The Statistics parameter provides information describing the status
   and usage of a Termination during its existence within a specific
   Context.  There is a set of standard statistics kept for each
   termination where appropriate (number of octets sent and received for
   example).  The particular statistical properties that are reported
   for a given Termination are determined by the Packages realized by
   the Termination.  By default, statistics are reported when the
   Termination is Subtracted from the Context.  This behavior can be
   overridden by including an empty AuditDescriptor in the Subtract
   command.  Statistics may also be returned from the AuditValue
   command, or any Add/Move/Modify command using the Audit descriptor.
   Statistics are cumulative; reporting Statistics does not reset them.
   Statistics are reset when a Termination is Subtracted from a Context.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.16" href="#section-7.1.16">7.1.16</a> Packages Descriptor</span>

   Used only with the AuditValue command, the PackageDescriptor returns
   a list of Packages realized by the Termination.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 41]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-42" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.17" href="#section-7.1.17">7.1.17</a> ObservedEvents Descriptor</span>

   ObservedEvents is supplied with the Notify command to inform the MGC
   of which event(s) were detected.  Used with the AuditValue command,
   the ObservedEventsDescriptor returns events in the event buffer which
   have not been Notified. ObservedEvents contains the RequestIdentifier
   of the EventsDescriptor that triggered the notification, the event(s)
   detected and the detection time(s). Detection times are reported with
   a precision of hundredths of a second.  Time is expressed in UTC.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.1.18" href="#section-7.1.18">7.1.18</a>  Topology Descriptor</span>

   A topology descriptor is used to specify flow directions between
   terminations in a Context.  Contrary to the descriptors in previous
   sections, the topology descriptor applies to a Context instead of a
   Termination.  The default topology of a Context is that each
   termination's transmission is received by all other terminations. The
   Topology Descriptor is optional to implement.

   The Topology Descriptor occurs before the commands in an action.  It
   is possible to have an action containing only a Topology Descriptor,
   provided that the context to which the action applies already exists.

   A topology descriptor consists of a sequence of triples of the form
   (T1, T2, association). T1 and T2 specify Terminations within the
   Context, possibly using the ALL or CHOOSE wildcard.  The association
   specifies how media flows between these two Terminations as follows.

   *  (T1, T2, isolate) means that the Terminations matching T2 do not
      receive media from the Terminations matching T1, nor vice versa.

   *  (T1, T2, oneway) means that the Terminations that match T2 receive
      media from the Terminations matching T1, but not vice versa.  In
      this case use of the ALL wildcard such that there are Terminations
      that match both T1 and T2 is not allowed.

   *  (T1, T2, bothway) means that the Terminations matching T2 receive
      media from the Terminations matching T1, and vice versa.  In this
      case it is allowed to use wildcards such that there are
      Terminations that match both T1 and T2.  However, if there is a
      Termination that matches both, no loopback is introduced.

   CHOOSE wildcards may be used in T1 and T2 as well, under the
   following restrictions:

   *  the action (see <a href="#section-8">section 8</a>) of which the topology descriptor is
      part contains an Add command in which a CHOOSE wildcard is used;




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 42]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-43" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   *  if a CHOOSE wildcard occurs in T1 or T2, then a partial name SHALL
      NOT be specified.

   The CHOOSE wildcard in a topology descriptor matches the
   TerminationID that the MG assigns in the first Add command that uses
   a CHOOSE wildcard in the same action.  An existing Termination that
   matches T1 or T2 in the Context to which a Termination is added, is
   connected to the newly added Termination as specified by the topology
   descriptor. The default association when a termination is not
   mentioned in the Topology descriptor is bothway (if T3 is added to a
   context with T1 and T2 with topology (T3,T1,oneway) it will be
   connected bothway to T2).

   The figure below and the table following it show some examples of the
   effect of including topology descriptors in actions.  In these
   examples it is assumed that the topology descriptors are applied in
   sequence.


































<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 43]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-44" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


      +------------------+  +------------------+  +------------------+
      |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |
      |      | T2 |      |  |      | T2 |      |  |      | T2 |      |
      |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |
      |       ^  ^       |  |          ^       |  |          ^       |
      |       |  |       |  |          |       |  |          |       |
      |    +--+  +--+    |  |          +---+   |  |          +--+    |
      |    |        |    |  |              |   |  |             |    |
      |    v        v    |  |              v   |  |             |    |
      | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |
      | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |  | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |  | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |
      | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |
      +------------------+  +------------------+  +------------------+
       1. No Topology Desc.  2. T1, T2 Isolate     3. T3, T2 oneway

      +------------------+  +------------------+  +------------------+
      |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |
      |      | T2 |      |  |      | T2 |      |  |      | T2 |      |
      |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |  |      +----+      |
      |          |       |  |          ^       |  |       ^  ^       |
      |          |       |  |          |       |  |       |  |       |
      |          +--+    |  |          +---+   |  |    +--+  +--+    |
      |             |    |  |              |   |  |    |        |    |
      |             v    |  |              v   |  |    v        v    |
      | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |
      | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |  | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |  | | T1 |&lt;--&gt;| T3 | |
      | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |  | +----+    +----+ |
      +------------------+  +------------------+  +------------------+
       4. T2, T3 oneway      5. T2, T3 bothway     6. T1, T2 bothway

               Figure 4: A Sequence Of Example Topologies




















<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 44]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-45" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


       +----------+--------------------------------------------------+
       | Topology |    Description                                   |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    1     | No topology descriptors                          |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | When no topology descriptors are included, all terminations |
       | have a both way connection to all other terminations.       |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    2     | T1, T2, Isolate                                  |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | Removes the connection between T1 and T2.                   |
       | T3 has a both way connection with both T1 and T2.  T1 and   |
       | T2 have bothway connection to T3.                           |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    3     | T3, T2, oneway                                   |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | A oneway connection from T3 to T2 (i.e. T2 receives media   |
       | flow from T3).  A bothway connection between T1 and T3.     |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    4     | T2, T3, oneway                                   |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | A oneway connection between T2 to T3.                       |
       | T1 and T3 remain bothway connected                          |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    5     | T2, T3 bothway                                   |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | T2 is bothway connected to T3.  This results in the same    |
       | as 2.
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       |    6     | T1, T2 bothway (T2, T3 bothway and T1,T3 bothway |
       |          | may be implied or explicit).                     |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | All terminations have a bothway connection to all other     |
       | terminations.                                               |
       |----------+--------------------------------------------------|
       | A oneway connection must implemented in such a way that the |
       | other Terminations in the Context are not aware of the      |
       | change in topology.                                         |
       +-------------------------------------------------------------|

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2" href="#section-7.2">7.2</a> Command Application Programming Interface</span>

   Following is an Application Programming Interface (API) describing
   the Commands of the protocol.  This API is shown to illustrate the
   Commands and their parameters and is not intended to specify
   implementation (e.g. via use of blocking function calls).  It
   describes the input parameters in parentheses after the command name
   and the return values in front of the Command. This is only for



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 45]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-46" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   descriptive purposes; the actual Command syntax and encoding are
   specified in later subsections.  The order of parameters to commands
   is not fixed.  Descriptors may appear as parameters to commands in
   any order.  The descriptors SHALL be processed in the order in which
   they appear.

   All parameters enclosed by square brackets ([. . . ]) are considered
   optional.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.1" href="#section-7.2.1">7.2.1</a> Add</span>

   The Add Command adds a Termination to a Context.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,DigitMapDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
   [,PackagesDescriptor]
        Add( TerminationID
        [, MediaDescriptor]
        [, ModemDescriptor]
        [, MuxDescriptor]
        [, EventsDescriptor]
        [, SignalsDescriptor]
        [, DigitMapDescriptor]
        [, AuditDescriptor]
        )

   The TerminationID specifies the termination to be added to the
   Context.  The Termination is either created, or taken from the null
   Context.  For an existing Termination, the TerminationID would be
   specific.  For a Termination that does not yet exist, the
   TerminationID is specified as CHOOSE in the command. The new
   TerminationID will be returned.  Wildcards may be used in an Add, but
   such usage would be unusual.  If the wildcard matches more than one
   TerminationID, all possible matches are attempted, with results
   reported for each one.  The order of attempts when multiple
   TerminationIDs match is not specified.

   The optional MediaDescriptor describes all media streams.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 46]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-47" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The optional ModemDescriptor and MuxDescriptor specify a modem and
   multiplexer if applicable. For convenience, if a Multiplex Descriptor
   is present in an Add command and lists any Terminations that are not
   currently in the Context, such Terminations are added to the context
   as if individual Add commands listing the Terminations were invoked.
   If an error occurs on such an implied Add, error 471 - Implied Add
   for Multiplex failure shall be returned and further processing of the
   command shall cease.

   The EventsDescriptor parameter is optional.  If present, it provides
   the list of events that should be detected on the Termination.

   The SignalsDescriptor parameter is optional.  If present, it provides
   the list of signals that should be applied to the Termination.

   The DigitMapDescriptor parameter is optional.  If present, defines a
   DigitMap definition that may be used in an EventsDescriptor.

   The AuditDescriptor is optional.  If present, the command will return
   descriptors as specified in the AuditDescriptor.

   All descriptors that can be modified could be returned by MG if a
   parameter was underspecified or overspecified.  ObservedEvents,
   Statistics, and Packages, and the EventBuffer Descriptors are
   returned only if requested in the AuditDescriptor.

   Add SHALL NOT be used on a Termination with a serviceState of
   "OutofService".

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.2" href="#section-7.2.2">7.2.2</a> Modify</span>

   The Modify Command modifies the properties of a Termination.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,DigitMapDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
   [,PackagesDescriptor]
        Modify( TerminationID
        [, MediaDescriptor]
        [, ModemDescriptor]
        [, MuxDescriptor]



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 47]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-48" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        [, EventsDescriptor]
        [, SignalsDescriptor]
        [, DigitMapDescriptor]
        [, AuditDescriptor]
        )

   The TerminationID may be specific if a single Termination in the
   Context is to be modified.  Use of wildcards in the TerminationID may
   be appropriate for some operations. If the wildcard matches more than
   one TerminationID, all possible matches are attempted, with results
   reported for each one.  The order of attempts when multiple
   TerminationIDs match is not specified. The CHOOSE option is an error,
   as the Modify command may only be used on existing Terminations.

   The remaining parameters to Modify are the same as those to Add.
   Possible return values are the same as those to Add.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.3" href="#section-7.2.3">7.2.3</a> Subtract</span>

   The Subtract Command disconnects a Termination from its Context and
   returns statistics on the Termination's participation in the Context.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,DigitMapDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
   [,PackagesDescriptor]
        Subtract(TerminationID
        [, AuditDescriptor]
        )

   TerminationID in the input parameters represents the Termination that
   is being subtracted.  The TerminationID may be specific or may be a
   wildcard value indicating that all (or a set of related) Terminations
   in the Context of the Subtract Command are to be subtracted. If the
   wildcard matches more than one TerminationID, all possible matches
   are attempted, with results reported for each one. The order of
   attempts when multiple TerminationIDs match is not specified.

   The use of CHOOSE in the TerminationID is an error, as the Subtract
   command may only be used on existing Terminations.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 48]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-49" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   ALL may be used as the ContextID as well as the TerminationId in a
   Subtract, which would have the effect of deleting all contexts,
   deleting all ephemeral terminations, and returning all physical
   terminations to Null context.

   By default, the Statistics parameter is returned to report
   information collected on the Termination or Terminations specified in
   the Command.  The information reported applies to the Termination's
   or Terminations' existence in the Context from which it or they are
   being subtracted.

   The AuditDescriptor is optional.  If present, the command will return
   descriptors as specified in the AuditDescriptor.   Possible return
   values are the same as those to Add.

   When a provisioned Termination is Subtracted from a context, its
   property values shall revert to:

   *  the default value, if specified for the property and not
      overridden by provisioning,
   *  otherwise, the provisioned value.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.4" href="#section-7.2.4">7.2.4</a> Move</span>

   The Move Command moves a Termination to another Context from its
   current Context in one atomic operation.  The Move command is the
   only command that refers to a Termination in a Context different from
   that to which the command is applied.  The Move command shall not be
   used to move Terminations to or from the null Context.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,DigitMapDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
   [,PackagesDescriptor]
        Move( TerminationID
        [, MediaDescriptor]
        [, ModemDescriptor]
        [, MuxDescriptor]
        [, EventsDescriptor]
        [, SignalsDescriptor]
        [, DigitMapDescriptor]



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 49]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-50" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        [, AuditDescriptor]
        )

   The TerminationID specifies the Termination to be moved.  It may be
   wildcarded, but CHOOSE shall not be used in the TerminationID.  If
   the wildcard matches more than one TerminationID, all possible
   matches are attempted, with results reported for each one.  The order
   of attempts when multiple TerminationIDs match is not specified. By
   convention, the Termination is subtracted from its previous Context.
   The Context to which the Termination is moved is indicated by the
   target ContextId in the Action.  If the last remaining Termination is
   moved out of a Context, the Context is deleted.

   The remaining descriptors are processed as in the Modify Command. The
   AuditDescriptor with the Statistics option, for example, would return
   statistics on the Termination just prior to the Move. Possible
   descriptors returned from Move are the same as for Add.

   Move SHALL NOT be used on a Termination with a serviceState of
   "OutofService".

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.5" href="#section-7.2.5">7.2.5</a> AuditValue</span>

   The AuditValue Command returns the current values of properties,
   events, signals and statistics associated with Terminations.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,DigitMapDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
   [,PackagesDescriptor]
        AuditValue(TerminationID,
        AuditDescriptor
        )

   TerminationID may be specific or wildcarded. If the wildcard matches
   more than one TerminationID, all possible matches are attempted, with
   results reported for each one.  The order of attempts when multiple
   TerminationIDs match is not specified. If a wildcarded response is
   requested, only one command return is generated, with the contents





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 50]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-51" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   containing the union of the values of all Terminations matching the
   wildcard.  This convention may reduce the volume of data required to
   audit a group of Terminations.  Use of CHOOSE is an error.

   The appropriate descriptors, with the current values for the
   Termination, are returned from AuditValue.  Values appearing in
   multiple instances of a descriptor are defined to be alternate values
   supported, with each parameter in a descriptor considered
   independent.

   ObservedEvents returns a list of events in the EventBuffer.  If the
   ObservedEvents descriptor is audited while a DigitMap is active, the
   returned ObservedEvents descriptor also includes a digit map
   completion event that shows the current dial string but does not show
   a termination method.

   EventBuffer returns the set of events and associated parameter values
   currently enabled in the EventBufferDescriptor. PackagesDescriptor
   returns a list of packages realized by the Termination.
   DigitMapDescriptor returns the name or value of the current DigitMap
   for the Termination.  DigitMap requested in an AuditValue command
   with TerminationID ALL returns all DigitMaps in the gateway.
   Statistics returns the current values of all statistics being kept on
   the Termination.  Specifying an empty Audit Descriptor results in
   only the TerminationID being returned.  This may be useful to get a
   list of TerminationIDs when used with wildcard.  Annexes A and B
   provide a special syntax for presenting such a list in condensed
   form, such that the AuditValue command tag does not have to be
   repeated for each TerminationID.

   AuditValue results depend on the Context, viz. specific, null, or
   wildcarded.  The TerminationID may be specific, or wildcarded. (Note
   that ContextID All does not include the null Context.) The following
   illustrates other information that can be obtained with the Audit
   Command:
















<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 51]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-52" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | ContextID | TerminationID | Information Obtained                 |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | Specific  | wildcard      | Audit of matching Terminations in a  |
   |           |               | Context                              |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | Specific  | specific      | Audit of a single Termination in a   |
   |           |               | Context                              |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | Null      | Root          | Audit of Media Gateway state and     |
   |           |               | events                               |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | Null      | wildcard      | Audit of all matching Terminations   |
   |           |               | in the Null Context                  |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | Null      | specific      | Audit of a single Termination        |
   |           |               | outside of any Context               |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | All       | wildcard      | Audit of all matching Terminations   |
   |           |               | and the Context to which they are    |
   |           |               | associated
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+
   | All       | Root          | List of all ContextIds               |
   +-----------+---------------+--------------------------------------+

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.6" href="#section-7.2.6">7.2.6</a> AuditCapabilities</span>

   The AuditCapabilities Command returns the possible values of
   properties, events, signals and statistics associated with
   Terminations.

   TerminationID
   [,MediaDescriptor]
   [,ModemDescriptor]
   [,MuxDescriptor]
   [,EventsDescriptor]
   [,SignalsDescriptor]
   [,ObservedEventsDescriptor]
   [,EventBufferDescriptor]
   [,StatisticsDescriptor]
        AuditCapabilities(TerminationID,
        AuditDescriptor
        )

   The appropriate descriptors, with the possible values for the
   Termination are returned from AuditCapabilities.  Descriptors may be
   repeated where there are multiple possible values.  If a wildcarded
   response is requested, only one command return is generated, with the



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 52]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-53" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   contents containing the union of the values of all Terminations
   matching the wildcard.  This convention may reduce the volume of data
   required to audit a group of Terminations.

   Interpretation of what capabilities are requested for various values
   of ContextID and TerminationID is the same as in AuditValue.

   The EventsDescriptor returns the list of possible events on the
   Termination together with the list of all possible values for the
   EventsDescriptor Parameters.  EventBufferDescriptor returns the same
   information as EventsDescriptor.  The SignalsDescriptor returns the
   list of possible signals that could be applied to the Termination
   together with the list of all possible values for the Signals
   Parameters.  StatisticsDescriptor returns the names of the statistics
   being kept on the termination.  ObservedEventsDescriptor returns the
   names of active events on the termination.  DigitMap and Packages are
   not legal in AuditCapability.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.7" href="#section-7.2.7">7.2.7</a> Notify</span>

   The Notify Command allows the Media Gateway to notify the Media
   Gateway Controller of events occurring within the Media Gateway.

        Notify(TerminationID,
        ObservedEventsDescriptor,
        [ErrorDescriptor]
        )

   The TerminationID parameter specifies the Termination issuing the
   Notify Command.  The TerminationID shall be a fully qualified name.

   The ObservedEventsDescriptor contains the RequestID and a list of
   events that the Media Gateway detected in the order that they were
   detected. Each event in the list is accompanied by parameters
   associated with the event and an indication of the time that the
   event was detected.  Procedures for sending Notify commands with
   RequestID equal to 0 are for further study.

   Notify Commands with RequestID not equal to 0 shall occur only as the
   result of detection of an event specified by an Events Descriptor
   which is active on the termination concerned.

   The RequestID returns the RequestID parameter of the EventsDescriptor
   that triggered the Notify Command.  It is used to correlate the
   notification with the request that triggered it.  The events in the
   list must have been requested via the triggering EventsDescriptor or
   embedded events descriptor unless the RequestID is 0 (which is for
   further study).



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 53]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-54" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.8" href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a> ServiceChange</span>

   The ServiceChange Command allows the Media Gateway to notify the
   Media Gateway Controller that a Termination or group of Terminations
   is about to be taken out of service or has just been returned to
   service.   The Media Gateway Controller may indicate that
   Termination(s) shall be taken out of or returned to service.  The
   Media Gateway may notify the MGC that the capability of a Termination
   has changed.  It also allows a MGC to hand over control of a MG to
   another MGC.

   TerminationID,
   [ServiceChangeDescriptor]
        ServiceChange(TerminationID,
        ServiceChangeDescriptor
        )

   The TerminationID parameter specifies the Termination(s) that are
   taken out of or returned to service.  Wildcarding of Termination
   names is permitted, with the exception that the CHOOSE mechanism
   shall not be used.  Use of the "Root" TerminationID indicates a
   ServiceChange affecting the entire Media Gateway.

   The ServiceChangeDescriptor contains the following parameters as
   required:

   *  ServiceChangeMethod
   *  ServiceChangeReason
   *  ServiceChangeDelay
   *  ServiceChangeAddress
   *  ServiceChangeProfile
   *  ServiceChangeVersion
   *  ServiceChangeMgcId
   *  TimeStamp

   The ServiceChangeMethod parameter specifies the type of ServiceChange
   that will or has occurred:

   1) Graceful - indicates that the specified Terminations will be taken
      out of service after the specified ServiceChangeDelay; established
      connections are not yet affected, but the Media Gateway Controller
      should refrain from establishing new connections and should
      attempt to gracefully tear down existing connections on the
      Termination(s) affected by the serviceChange command. The MG
      should set termination serviceState at the expiry of
      ServiceChangeDelay or the removal of the termination from an
      active context (whichever is first), to "out of service".




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 54]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-55" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   2) Forced - indicates that the specified Terminations were taken
      abruptly out of service and any established connections associated
      with them were lost. The MGC is responsible for cleaning up the
      context (if any) with which the failed termination is associated.
      At a minimum the termination shall be subtracted from the context.
      The termination serviceState should be "out of service".

   3) Restart - indicates that service will be restored on the specified
      Terminations after expiration of the ServiceChangeDelay. The
      serviceState should be set  to "inService" upon expiry of
      ServiceChangeDelay.

   4) Disconnected - always applied with the Root TerminationID,
      indicates that the MG lost communication with the MGC, but it was
      subsequently restored.  Since MG state may have changed, the MGC
      may wish to use the Audit command to resynchronize its state with
      the MG's.

   5) Handoff - sent from the MGC to the MG, this reason indicates that
      the MGC is going out of service and a new MGC association must be
      established. Sent from the MG to the MGC, this indicates that the
      MG is attempting to establish a new association in accordance with
      a Handoff received from the MGC with which it was previously
      associated.

   6) Failover - sent from MG to MGC to indicate the primary MG is out
      of service and a secondary MG is taking over.

   7) Another value whose meaning is mutually understood between the MG
      and the MGC.

   The ServiceChangeReason parameter specifies the reason why the
   ServiceChange has or will occur.  It consists of an alphanumeric
   token (IANA registered) and, optionally, an explanatory string.

   The optional ServiceChangeAddress parameter specifies the address
   (e.g., IP port number for IP networks) to be used for subsequent
   communications.  It can be specified in the input parameter
   descriptor or the returned result descriptor.  ServiceChangeAddress
   and ServiceChangeMgcId parameters must not both be present in the
   ServiceChangeDescriptor or the ServiceChangeResultDescriptor.  The
   ServiceChangeAddress provides an address to be used within the
   context of the association currently being negotiated, while the
   ServiceChangeMgcId provides an alternate address where the MG should
   seek to establish another association.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 55]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-56" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The optional ServiceChangeDelay parameter is expressed in seconds. If
   the delay is absent or set to zero, the delay value should be
   considered to be null.  In the case of a "graceful"
   ServiceChangeMethod, a null delay indicates that the Media Gateway
   Controller should wait for the natural removal of existing
   connections and should not establish new connections.  For "graceful"
   only, a null delay means the MG must not set serviceState "out of
   service" until the termination is in the null context.

   The optional ServiceChangeProfile parameter specifies the Profile (if
   any) of the protocol supported.  The ServiceChangeProfile includes
   the version of the profile supported.

   The optional ServiceChangeVersion parameter contains the protocol
   version and is used if protocol version negotiation occurs (see
   <a href="#section-11.3">section 11.3</a>).

   The optional TimeStamp parameter specifies the actual time as kept by
   the sender.  It can be used by the responder to determine how its
   notion of time differs from that of its correspondent.  TimeStamp is
   sent with a precision of hundredths of a second, and is expressed in
   UTC.

   The optional Extension parameter may contain any value whose meaning
   is mutually understood by the MG and MGC.

   A ServiceChange Command specifying the "Root" for the TerminationID
   and ServiceChangeMethod equal to Restart is a registration command by
   which a Media Gateway announces its existence to the Media Gateway
   Controller.  The Media Gateway is expected to be provisioned with the
   name of one primary and optionally some number of alternate Media
   Gateway Controllers.  Acknowledgement of the ServiceChange Command
   completes the registration process, except when the MGC has returned
   an alternative ServiceChangeMgcId as described in the following
   paragraph.  The MG may specify the transport ServiceChangeAddress to
   be used by the MGC for sending messages in the ServiceChangeAddress
   parameter in the input ServiceChangeDescriptor. The MG may specify an
   address in the ServiceChangeAddress parameter of the ServiceChange
   request, and the MGC may also do so in the ServiceChange reply.  In
   either case, the recipient must use the supplied address as the
   destination for all subsequent transaction requests within the
   association.  At the same time, as indicated in <a href="#section-9">section 9</a>,
   transaction replies and pending indications must be sent to the
   address from which the corresponding requests originated.  This must
   be done even if it implies extra messaging because commands and
   responses cannot be packed together. The TimeStamp parameter shall be
   sent with a registration command and its response.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 56]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-57" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The Media Gateway Controller may return an ServiceChangeMgcId
   parameter that describes the Media Gateway Controller that should
   preferably be contacted for further service by the Media Gateway. In
   this case the Media Gateway shall reissue the ServiceChange command
   to the new Media Gateway Controller.   The Gateway specified in an
   ServiceChangeMgcId, if provided, shall be contacted before any
   further alternate MGCs.  On a HandOff message from MGC to MG, the
   ServiceChangeMgcId is the new MGC that will take over from the
   current MGC.

   The return from ServiceChange is empty except when the Root
   terminationID is used.  In that case it includes the following
   parameters as required:

   *  ServiceChangeAddress, if the responding MGC wishes to specify a
      new destination for messages from the MG for the remainder of the
      association;

   *  ServiceChangeMgcId, if the responding MGC does not wish to sustain
      an association with the MG;

   *  ServiceChangeProfile, if the responder wishes to negotiate the
      profile to be used for the association;

   *  ServiceChangeVersion, if the responder wishes to negotiate the
      version of the protocol to be used for the association.

   The following ServiceChangeReasons are defined.  This list may be
   extended by an IANA registration as outlined in <a href="#section-13.3">section 13.3</a>.

         900 Service Restored
         901 Cold Boot
         902 Warm Boot
         903 MGC Directed Change
         904 Termination malfunctioning
         905 Termination taken out of service
         906 Loss of lower layer connectivity (e.g. downstream sync)
         907 Transmission Failure
         908 MG Impending Failure
         909 MGC Impending Failure
         910 Media Capability Failure
         911 Modem Capability Failure
         912 Mux Capability Failure
         913 Signal Capability Failure
         914 Event Capability Failure
         915 State Loss





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 57]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-58" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.9" href="#section-7.2.9">7.2.9</a> Manipulating and Auditing Context Attributes</span>

   The commands of the protocol as discussed in the preceding sections
   apply to terminations.  This section specifies how contexts are
   manipulated and audited.

   Commands are grouped into actions (see <a href="#section-8">section 8</a>).  An action applies
   to one context.  In addition to commands, an action may contain
   context manipulation and auditing instructions.

   An action request sent to a MG may include a request to audit
   attributes of a context.  An action may also include a request to
   change the attributes of a context.

   The context properties that may be included in an action reply are
   used to return information to a MGC.  This can be information
   requested by an audit of context attributes or details of the effect
   of manipulation of a context.

   If a MG receives an action which contains both a request to audit
   context attributes and a request to manipulate those attributes, the
   response SHALL include the values of the attributes after processing
   the manipulation request.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.2.10" href="#section-7.2.10">7.2.10</a> Generic Command Syntax</span>

   The protocol can be encoded in a binary format or in a text format.
   MGCs should support both encoding formats.  MGs may support both
   formats.

   The protocol syntax for the binary format of the protocol is defined
   in Annex A.  Annex C specifies the encoding of the Local and Remote
   descriptors for use with the binary format.

   A complete ABNF of the text encoding of the protocol per <a href="./rfc2234">RFC2234</a> is
   given in Annex B.  SDP is used as the encoding of the Local and
   Remote Descriptors for use with the text encoding as modified in
   <a href="#section-7.1.8">section 7.1.8</a>.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-7.3" href="#section-7.3">7.3</a> Command Error Codes</span>

   Errors consist of an IANA registered error code and an explanatory
   string.  Sending the explanatory string is optional. Implementations
   are encouraged to append diagnostic information to the end of the
   string.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 58]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-59" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   When a MG reports an error to a MGC, it does so in an error
   descriptor.  An error descriptor consists of an error code and
   optionally the associated explanatory string.

   The identified error codes are:

         400 - Bad Request
         401 - Protocol Error
         402 - Unauthorized
         403 - Syntax Error in Transaction
         406 - Version Not Supported
         410 - Incorrect identifier
         411 - The transaction refers to an unknown ContextId
         412 - No ContextIDs available

         421 - Unknown action or illegal combination of actions
         422 - Syntax Error in Action
         430 - Unknown TerminationID
         431 - No TerminationID matched a wildcard
         432 - Out of TerminationIDs or No TerminationID available
         433 - TerminationID is already in a Context
         440 - Unsupported or unknown Package
         441 - Missing RemoteDescriptor
         442 - Syntax Error in Command
         443 - Unsupported or Unknown Command
         444 - Unsupported or Unknown Descriptor
         445 - Unsupported or Unknown Property
         446 - Unsupported or Unknown Parameter
         447 - Descriptor not legal in this command
         448 - Descriptor appears twice in a command
         450 - No such property in this package
         451 - No such event in this package
         452 - No such signal in this package
         453 - No such statistic in this package
         454 - No such parameter value in this package
         455 - Parameter illegal in this Descriptor
         456 - Parameter or Property appears twice in this Descriptor
         471 - Implied Add for Multiplex failure

         500 - Internal Gateway Error
         501 - Not Implemented
         502 - Not ready.
         503 - Service Unavailable
         504 - Command Received from unauthorized entity
         505 - Command Received before Restart Response
         510 - Insufficient resources
         512 - Media Gateway unequipped to detect requested Event
         513 - Media Gateway unequipped to generate requested Signals



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 59]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-60" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


         514 - Media Gateway cannot send the specified announcement
         515 - Unsupported Media Type
         517 - Unsupported or invalid mode
         518 - Event buffer full
         519 - Out of space to store digit map
         520 - Media Gateway does not have a digit map
         521 - Termination is "ServiceChangeing"
         526 - Insufficient bandwidth
         529 - Internal hardware failure
         530 - Temporary Network failure
         531 - Permanent Network failure
         581 - Does Not Exist

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-8" href="#section-8">8</a>. TRANSACTIONS</span>

   Commands between the Media Gateway Controller and the Media Gateway
   are grouped into Transactions, each of which is identified by a
   TransactionID.  Transactions consist of one or more Actions.  An
   Action consists of a series of Commands that are limited to operating
   within a single Context.   Consequently each Action typically
   specifies a ContextID.  However, there are two circumstances where a
   specific ContextID is not provided with an Action.  One is the case
   of modification of a Termination outside of a Context.  The other is
   where the controller requests the gateway to create a new Context.
   Following is a graphic representation of the Transaction, Action and
   Command relationships.

























<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 60]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-61" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


      +----------------------------------------------------------+
      | Transaction x                                            |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      |  | Action 1                                           |  |
      |  | +---------+  +---------+  +---------+  +---------+ |  |
      |  | | Command |  | Command |  | Command |  | Command | |  |
      |  | |    1    |  |    2    |  |    3    |  |    4    | |  |
      |  | +---------+  +---------+  +---------+  +---------+ |  |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      |                                                          |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      |  | Action 2                                           |  |
      |  | +---------+                                        |  |
      |  | | Command |                                        |  |
      |  | |    1    |                                        |  |
      |  | +---------+                                        |  |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      |                                                          |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      |  | Action 3                                           |  |
      |  | +---------+  +---------+  +---------+              |  |
      |  | | Command |  | Command |  | Command |              |  |
      |  | |    1    |  |    2    |  |    3    |              |  |
      |  | +---------+  +---------+  +---------+              |  |
      |  +----------------------------------------------------+  |
      +----------------------------------------------------------+

              Figure 5 Transactions, Actions and Commands

   Transactions are presented as TransactionRequests.  Corresponding
   responses to a TransactionRequest are received in a single reply,
   possibly preceded by a number of TransactionPending messages (see
   <a href="#section-8.2.3">section 8.2.3</a>).

   Transactions guarantee ordered Command processing.  That is, Commands
   within a Transaction are executed sequentially. Ordering of
   Transactions is NOT guaranteed - transactions may be executed in any
   order, or simultaneously.

   At the first failing Command in a Transaction, processing of the
   remaining Commands in that Transaction stops.  If a command contains
   a wildcarded TerminationID, the command is attempted with each of the
   actual TerminationIDs matching the wildcard.  A response within the
   TransactionReply is included for each matching TerminationID, even if
   one or more instances generated an error.  If any TerminationID
   matching a wildcard results in an error when executed, any commands
   following the wildcarded command are not attempted.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 61]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-62" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Commands may be marked as "Optional" which can override this
   behaviour -  if a command marked as Optional results in an error,
   subsequent commands in the Transaction will be executed.  If a
   command fails, the MG shall as far as possible restore the state that
   existed prior to the attempted execution of the command before
   continuing with command processing.

   A TransactionReply includes the results for all of the Commands in
   the corresponding TransactionRequest.  The TransactionReply includes
   the return values for the Commands that were executed successfully,
   and the Command and error descriptor for any Command that failed.
   TransactionPending is used to periodically notify the receiver that a
   Transaction has not completed yet, but is actively being processed.

   Applications SHOULD implement an application level timer per
   transaction.  Expiration of the timer should cause a retransmission
   of the request.  Receipt of a Reply should cancel the timer. Receipt
   of Pending should restart the timer.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.1" href="#section-8.1">8.1</a> Common Parameters</span>

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.1.1" href="#section-8.1.1">8.1.1</a> Transaction Identifiers</span>

   Transactions are identified by a TransactionID, which is assigned by
   sender and is unique within the scope of the sender.  A response
   containing an error descriptor to indicate that the TransactionID is
   missing in a request shall use TransactionID 0 in the corresponding
   TransactionReply.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.1.2" href="#section-8.1.2">8.1.2</a> Context Identifiers</span>

   Contexts are identified by a ContextID, which is assigned by the
   Media Gateway and is unique within the scope of the Media Gateway.
   The Media Gateway Controller shall use the ContextID supplied by the
   Media Gateway in all subsequent Transactions relating to that
   Context.  The protocol makes reference to a distinguished value that
   may be used by the Media Gateway Controller when referring to a
   Termination that is currently not associated with a Context, namely
   the null ContextID.

   The CHOOSE wildcard is used to request that the Media Gateway create
   a new Context.  The MGC shall not use partially specified ContextIDs
   containing the CHOOSE wildcard.

   The MGC may use the ALL wildcard to address all Contexts on the MG.
   The null Context is not included when the ALL wildcard is used.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 62]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-63" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2" href="#section-8.2">8.2</a> Transaction Application Programming Interface</span>

   Following is an Application Programming Interface (API) describing
   the Transactions of the protocol.  This API is shown to illustrate
   the Transactions and their parameters and is not intended to specify
   implementation (e.g. via use of blocking function calls).  It will
   describe the input parameters and return values expected to be used
   by the various Transactions of the protocol from a very high level.
   Transaction syntax and encodings are specified in later subsections.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.1" href="#section-8.2.1">8.2.1</a> TransactionRequest</span>

   The TransactionRequest is invoked by the sender.  There is one
   Transaction per request invocation.  A request contains one or more
   Actions, each of which specifies its target Context and one or more
   Commands per Context.

         TransactionRequest(TransactionId {
                ContextID {Command _ Command},
                                 . . .
                ContextID  {Command _ Command } })

   The TransactionID parameter must specify a value for later
   correlation with the TransactionReply or TransactionPending response
   from the receiver.

   The ContextID parameter must specify a value to pertain to all
   Commands that follow up to either the next specification of a
   ContextID parameter or the end of the TransactionRequest, whichever
   comes first.

   The Command parameter represents one of the Commands mentioned in the
   "Command Details" subsection titled "Application Programming
   Interface".

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.2" href="#section-8.2.2">8.2.2</a> TransactionReply</span>

   The TransactionReply is invoked by the receiver.  There is one reply
   invocation per transaction.  A reply contains one or more Actions,
   each of which must specify its target Context and one or more
   Responses per Context.

         TransactionReply(TransactionID {
                 ContextID { Response _ Response },
                                 . . .
                 ContextID { Response _ Response } })





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 63]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-64" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The TransactionID parameter must be the same as that of the
   corresponding TransactionRequest.

   The ContextID parameter must specify a value to pertain to all
   Responses for the action.  The ContextID may be specific or null.

   Each of the Response parameters represents a return value as
   mentioned in <a href="#section-7.2">section 7.2</a>, or an error descriptor if the command
   execution encountered an error. Commands after the point of failure
   are not processed and, therefore, Responses are not issued for them.

   An exception to this occurs if a command has been marked as optional
   in the Transaction request. If the optional command  generates an
   error, the transaction still continues to execute, so the Reply
   would, in this case, have Responses after an Error.

   If the receiver encounters an error in processing a ContextID, the
   requested Action response will consist of the context ID and a single
   error descriptor, 422 Syntax Error in Action.

   If the receiver encounters an error such that it cannot determine a
   legal Action, it will return a TransactionReply consisting of the
   TransactionID and a single error descriptor, 422 Syntax Error in
   Action. If the end of an action cannot be reliably determined but one
   or more Actions can be parsed, it will process them and then send 422
   Syntax Error in Action as the last action for the transaction.  If
   the receiver encounters an error such that is cannot determine a
   legal Transaction, it will return a TransactionReply with a null
   TransactionID and a single error descriptor (403 Syntax Error in
   Transaction).

   If the end of a transaction can not be reliably determined and one or
   more Actions can be parsed, it will process them and then return 403
   Syntax Error in Transaction as the last action reply for the
   transaction.  If no Actions can be parsed, it will return 403 Syntax
   Error in Transaction as the only reply

   If the terminationID cannot be reliably determined it will send 442
   Syntax Error in Command as the action reply.

   If the end of a command cannot be reliably determined it will return
   442 Syntax Error in Command as the reply to the last action it can
   parse.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 64]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-65" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.2.3" href="#section-8.2.3">8.2.3</a> TransactionPending</span>

   The receiver invokes the TransactionPending.  A TransactionPending
   indicates that the Transaction is actively being processed, but has
   not been completed.  It is used to prevent the sender from assuming
   the TransactionRequest was lost where the Transaction will take some
   time to complete.

         TransactionPending(TransactionID { } )

   The TransactionID parameter must be the same as that of the
   corresponding TransactionRequest.  A property of root
   (normalMGExecutionTime) is settable by the MGC to indicate the
   interval within which the MGC expects a response to any transaction
   from the MG.  Another property (normalMGCExecutionTime) is settable
   by the MGC to indicate the interval within which the MG should
   expects a response to any transaction from the MGC.  Senders may
   receive more than one TransactionPending for a command.  If a
   duplicate request is received when pending, the responder may send a
   duplicate pending immediately, or continue waiting for its timer to
   trigger another Transaction Pending.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-8.3" href="#section-8.3">8.3</a> Messages</span>

   Multiple Transactions can be concatenated into a Message.  Messages
   have a header, which includes the identity of the sender. The Message
   Identifier (MID) of a message is set to a provisioned name (e.g.
   domain address/domain name/device name) of the entity transmitting
   the message.  Domain name is a suggested default.

   Every Message contains a Version Number identifying the version of
   the protocol the message conforms to.  Versions consist of one or two
   digits, beginning with version 1 for the present version of the
   protocol.

   The transactions in a message are treated independently.  There is no
   order implied, there is no application or protocol acknowledgement of
   a message.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-9" href="#section-9">9</a>. TRANSPORT</span>

   The transport mechanism for the protocol should allow the reliable
   transport of transactions between an MGC and MG. The transport shall
   remain independent of what particular commands are being sent and
   shall be applicable to all application states.  There are several
   transports defined for the protocol, which are defined in normative
   Annexes to this document.  Additional Transports may be defined as
   additional annexes in subsequent editions of this document, or in



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 65]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-66" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   separate documents.  For transport of the protocol over IP, MGCs
   shall implement both TCP and UDP/ALF, an MG shall implement TCP or
   UDP/ALF or both.

   The MG is provisioned with a name or address (such as DNS name or IP
   address) of a primary and zero or more secondary MGCs (see <a href="#section-7.2.8">section</a>
   <a href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a>) that is the address the MG uses to send messages to the MGC.
   If TCP or UDP is used as the protocol transport and the port to which
   the initial ServiceChange request is to be sent is not otherwise
   known, that request should be sent to the default port number for the
   protocol.  This port number is 2944 for text-encoded operation or
   2945 for binary-encoded operation, for either UDP or TCP.  The MGC
   receives the message containing the ServiceChange request from the MG
   and can determine the MG's address from it.  As described in <a href="#section-7.2.8">section</a>
   <a href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a>, either the MG or the MGC may supply an address in the
   ServiceChangeAddress parameter to which subsequent transaction
   requests must be addressed, but responses (including the response to
   the initial ServiceChange request) must always be sent back to the
   address which was the source of the corresponding request.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.1" href="#section-9.1">9.1</a> Ordering of Commands</span>

   This document does not mandate that the underlying transport protocol
   guarantees the sequencing of transactions sent to an entity.  This
   property tends to maximize the timeliness of actions, but it has a
   few drawbacks.  For example:

   *  Notify commands may be delayed and arrive at the MGC after the
      transmission of a new command changing the EventsDescriptor

   *  If a new command is transmitted before a previous one is
      acknowledged, there is no guarantee that prior command will be
      executed before the new one.

   Media Gateway Controllers that want to guarantee consistent operation
   of the Media Gateway may use the following rules.  These rules are
   with respect to commands that are in different transactions.
   Commands that are in the same transaction are executed in order (see
   <a href="#section-8">section 8</a>).

   1. When a Media Gateway handles several Terminations, commands
      pertaining to the different Terminations may be sent in parallel,
      for example following a model where each Termination (or group of
      Terminations) is controlled by its own process or its own thread.

   2. On a Termination, there should normally be at most one outstanding
      command (Add or Modify or Move), unless the outstanding commands
      are in the same transaction.  However, a Subtract command may be



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 66]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-67" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


      issued at any time.  In consequence, a Media Gateway may sometimes
      receive a Modify command that applies to a previously subtracted
      Termination.  Such commands should be ignored, and an error code
      should be returned.

   3. On a given Termination, there should normally be at most one
      outstanding Notify command at any time.

   4. In some cases, an implicitly or explicitly wildcarded Subtract
      command that applies to a group of Terminations may step in front
      of a pending Add command.  The Media Gateway Controller should
      individually delete all Terminations for which an Add command was
      pending at the time of the global Subtract command.  Also, new Add
      commands for Terminations named by the wild-carding (or implied in
      a Multiplex descriptor) should not be sent until the wild-carded
      Subtract command is acknowledged.

   5. AuditValue and AuditCapability are not subject to any sequencing.

   6. ServiceChange shall always be the first command sent by a MG as
      defined by the restart procedure. Any other command or response
      must be delivered after this ServiceChange command.

   These rules do not affect the command responder, which should always
   respond to commands.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-9.2" href="#section-9.2">9.2</a> Protection against Restart Avalanche</span>

   In the event that a large number of Media Gateways are powered on
   simultaneously and they were to all initiate a ServiceChange
   transaction, the Media Gateway Controller would very likely be
   swamped, leading to message losses and network congestion during the
   critical period of service restoration. In order to prevent such
   avalanches, the following behavior is suggested:

   1. When a Media Gateway is powered on, it should initiate a restart
      timer to a random value, uniformly distributed between 0 and a
      maximum waiting delay (MWD). Care should be taken to avoid
      synchronicity of the random number generation between multiple
      Media Gateways that would use the same algorithm.

   2. The Media Gateway should then wait for either the end of this
      timer or the detection of a local user activity, such as for
      example an off-hook transition on a residential Media Gateway.

   3. When the timer elapses, or when an activity is detected, the Media
      Gateway should initiate the restart procedure.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 67]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-68" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The restart procedure simply requires the MG to guarantee that the
   first message that the Media Gateway Controller sees from this MG is
   a ServiceChange message informing the Media Gateway Controller about
   the restart.

   Note - The value of MWD is a configuration parameter that depends on
   the type of the Media Gateway. The following reasoning may be used to
   determine the value of this delay on residential gateways.

   Media Gateway Controllers are typically dimensioned to handle the
   peak hour traffic load, during which, in average, 10% of the lines
   will be busy, placing calls whose average duration is typically 3
   minutes.  The processing of a call typically involves 5 to 6 Media
   Gateway Controller transactions between each Media Gateway and the
   Media Gateway Controller.  This simple calculation shows that the
   Media Gateway Controller is expected to handle 5 to 6 transactions
   for each Termination, every 30 minutes on average, or, to put it
   otherwise, about one transaction per Termination every 5 to 6 minutes
   on average.  This suggests that a reasonable value of MWD for a
   residential gateway would be 10 to 12 minutes.  In the absence of
   explicit configuration, residential gateways should adopt a value of
   600 seconds for MWD.

   The same reasoning suggests that the value of MWD should be much
   shorter for trunking gateways or for business gateways, because they
   handle a large number of Terminations, and also because the usage
   rate of these Terminations is much higher than 10% during the peak
   busy hour, a typical value being 60%.  These Terminations, during the
   peak hour, are this expected to contribute about one transaction per
   minute to the Media Gateway Controller load. A reasonable algorithm
   is to make the value of MWD per "trunk" Termination six times shorter
   than the MWD per residential gateway, and also inversely proportional
   to the number of Terminations that are being restarted. For example
   MWD should be set to 2.5 seconds for a gateway that handles a T1
   line, or to 60 milliseconds for a gateway that handles a T3 line.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-10" href="#section-10">10</a>. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS</span>

   This section covers security when using the protocol in an IP
   environment.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.1" href="#section-10.1">10.1</a> Protection of Protocol Connections</span>

   A security mechanism is clearly needed to prevent unauthorized
   entities from using the protocol defined in this document for setting
   up unauthorized calls or interfering with authorized calls. The
   security mechanism for the protocol when transported over IP networks
   is IPsec [RFC2401 to <a href="./rfc2411">RFC2411</a>].



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 68]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-69" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The AH header [<a href="./rfc2402">RFC2402</a>] affords data origin authentication,
   connectionless integrity and optional anti-replay protection of
   messages passed between the MG and the MGC. The ESP header [<a href="./rfc2406">RFC2406</a>]
   provides confidentiality of messages, if desired. For instance, the
   ESP encryption service should be requested if the session
   descriptions are used to carry session keys, as defined in SDP.

   Implementations of the protocol defined in this document employing
   the ESP header SHALL comply with <a href="./rfc2406#section-5">section&nbsp;5 of [RFC2406]</a>, which
   defines a minimum set of algorithms for integrity checking and
   encryption. Similarly, implementations employing the AH header SHALL
   comply with <a href="./rfc2402#section-5">section&nbsp;5 of [RFC2402]</a>, which defines a minimum set of
   algorithms for integrity checking using manual keys.

   Implementations SHOULD use IKE [<a href="./rfc2409">RFC2409</a>] to permit more robust keying
   options. Implementations employing IKE SHOULD support authentication
   with RSA signatures and RSA public key encryption.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.2" href="#section-10.2">10.2</a> Interim AH scheme</span>

   Implementation of IPsec requires that the AH or ESP header be
   inserted immediately after the IP header. This cannot be easily done
   at the application level.  Therefore, this presents a deployment
   problem for the protocol defined in this document where the
   underlying network implementation does not support IPsec.

   As an interim solution, an optional AH header is defined within the
   H.248 protocol header. The header fields are exactly those of the
   SPI, SEQUENCE NUMBER and DATA fields as defined in [<a href="./rfc2402">RFC2402</a>]. The
   semantics of the header fields are the same as the "transport mode"
   of [<a href="./rfc2402">RFC2402</a>], except for the calculation of the Integrity Check value
   (ICV). In IPsec, the ICV is calculated over the entire IP packet
   including the IP header. This prevents spoofing of the IP addresses.
   To retain the same functionality, the ICV calculation should be
   performed across the entire transaction prepended by a synthesized IP
   header consisting of a 32 bit source IP address, a 32 bit destination
   address and a 16 bit UDP destination port encoded as 10 hex digits.
   When the interim AH mechanism is employed when TCP is the transport
   Layer, the UDP Port above becomes the TCP port, and all other
   operations are the same.

   Implementations of the H.248 protocol SHALL implement IPsec where the
   underlying operating system and the transport network supports IPsec.
   Implementations of the protocol using IPv4 SHALL implement the
   interim AH scheme. However, this interim scheme SHALL NOT be used
   when the underlying network layer supports IPsec. IPv6
   implementations are assumed to support IPsec and SHALL NOT use the
   interim AH scheme.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 69]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-70" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   All implementations of the interim AH mechanism SHALL comply with
   <a href="./rfc2402#section-5">section&nbsp;5 of [RFC2402]</a> which defines a minimum set of algorithms for
   integrity checking using manual keys.

   The interim AH interim scheme does not provide protection against
   eavesdropping; thus forbidding third parties from monitoring the
   connections set up by a given termination. Also, it does not provide
   protection against replay attacks.  These procedures do not
   necessarily protect against denial of service attacks by misbehaving
   MGs or misbehaving MGCs. However, they will provide an identification
   of these misbehaving entities, which should then be deprived of their
   authorization through maintenance procedures.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-10.3" href="#section-10.3">10.3</a> Protection of Media Connections</span>

   The protocol allows the MGC to provide MGs with "session keys" that
   can be used to encrypt the audio messages, protecting against
   eavesdropping.

   A specific problem of packet networks is "uncontrolled barge-in".
   This attack can be performed by directing media packets to the IP
   address and UDP port used by a connection. If no protection is
   implemented, the packets must be decompressed and the signals must be
   played on the "line side".

   A basic protection against this attack is to only accept packets from
   known sources, checking for example that the IP source address and
   UDP source port match the values announced in the Remote Descriptor.
   This has two inconveniences: it slows down connection establishment
   and it can be fooled by source spoofing:

   *  To enable the address-based protection, the MGC must obtain the
      remote session description of the egress MG and pass it to the
      ingress MG.  This requires at least one network roundtrip, and
      leaves us with a dilemma: either allow the call to proceed without
      waiting for the round trip to complete, and risk for example,
      "clipping" a remote announcement, or wait for the full roundtrip
      and settle for slower call-set-up procedures.

   *  Source spoofing is only effective if the attacker can obtain valid
      pairs of source destination addresses and ports, for example by
      listening to a fraction of the traffic. To fight source spoofing,
      one could try to control all access points to the network.  But
      this is in practice very hard to achieve.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 70]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-71" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   An alternative to checking the source address is to encrypt and
   authenticate the packets, using a secret key that is conveyed during
   the call set-up procedure. This will not slow down the call set-up,
   and provides strong protection against address spoofing.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-11" href="#section-11">11</a>.  MG-MGC CONTROL INTERFACE</span>

   The control association between MG and MGC is initiated at MG cold
   start, and announced by a ServiceChange message, but can be changed
   by subsequent events, such as failures or manual service events.
   While the protocol does not have an explicit mechanism to support
   multiple MGCs controlling a physical MG, it has been designed to
   support the multiple logical MG (within a single physical MG) that
   can be associated with different MGCs.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.1" href="#section-11.1">11.1</a> Multiple Virtual MGs</span>

   A physical Media Gateway may be partitioned into one or more Virtual
   MGs.  A virtual MG consists of a set of statically partitioned
   physical Terminations and/or sets of ephemeral Terminations.  A
   physical Termination is controlled by one MGC.  The model does not
   require that other resources be statically allocated, just
   Terminations.  The mechanism for allocating Terminations to virtual
   MGs is a management method outside the scope of the protocol.  Each
   of the virtual MGs appears to the MGC as a complete MG client.

   A physical MG may have only one network interface, which must be
   shared across virtual MGs.  In such a case, the packet/cell side
   Termination is shared.  It should be noted however, that in use, such
   interfaces require an ephemeral instance of the Termination to be
   created per flow, and thus sharing the Termination is
   straightforward.  This mechanism does lead to a complication, namely
   that the MG must always know which of its controlling MGCs should be
   notified if an event occurs on the interface.

   In normal operation, the Virtual MG will be instructed by the MGC to
   create network flows (if it is the originating side), or to expect
   flow requests (if it is the terminating side), and no confusion will
   arise.  However, if an unexpected event occurs, the Virtual MG must
   know what to do with respect to the physical resources it is
   controlling.

   If recovering from the event requires manipulation of a physical
   interface's state, only one MGC should do so.  These issues are
   resolved by allowing any of the MGCs to create EventsDescriptors to
   be notified of such events, but only one MGC can have read/write
   access to the physical interface properties; all other MGCs have




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 71]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-72" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   read-only access.  The management mechanism is used to designate
   which MGC has read/write capability, and is designated the Master
   MGC.

   Each virtual MG has its own Root Termination.  In most cases the
   values for the properties of the Root Termination are independently
   settable by each MGC.  Where there can only be one value, the
   parameter is read-only to all but the Master MGC.

   ServiceChange may only be applied to a Termination or set of
   Terminations partitioned to the Virtual MG or created (in the case of
   ephemeral Terminations) by that Virtual MG.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.2" href="#section-11.2">11.2</a> Cold Start</span>

   A MG is pre-provisioned by a management mechanism outside the scope
   of this protocol with a Primary and (optionally) an ordered list of
   Secondary MGCs.  Upon a cold start of the MG, it will issue a
   ServiceChange command with a "Restart" method, on the Root
   Termination to its primary MGC.  If the MGC accepts the MG, it will
   send a Transaction Accept, with the ServiceChangeMgcId set to itself.
   If the MG receives an ServiceChangeMgcId not equal to the MGC it
   contacted, it sends a ServiceChange to the MGC specified in the
   ServiceChangeMgcId.  It continues this process until it gets a
   controlling MGC to accept its registration, or it fails to get a
   reply.  Upon failure to obtain a reply, either from the Primary MGC,
   or a designated successor, the MG tries its pre-provisioned Secondary
   MGCs, in order.  If the MG is unable to establish a control
   relationship with any MGC, it shall wait a random amount of time as
   described in <a href="#section-9.2">section 9.2</a> and then start contacting its primary, and
   if necessary, its secondary MGCs again.

   It is possible that the reply to a ServiceChange with Restart will be
   lost, and a command will be received by the MG prior to the receipt
   of the ServiceChange response.  The MG shall issue error 505 -
   Command Received before Restart Response.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.3" href="#section-11.3">11.3</a> Negotiation of Protocol Version</span>

   The first ServiceChange command from an MG shall contain the version
   number of the protocol supported by the MG in the
   ServiceChangeVersion parameter. Upon receiving such a message, if the
   MGC supports only a lower version, then the MGC shall send a
   ServiceChangeReply with the lower version and thereafter all the
   messages between MG and MGC shall conform to the lower version of the
   protocol.  If the MG is unable to comply and it has established





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 72]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-73" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   a transport connection to the MGC, it should close that connection.
   In any event, it should reject all subsequent requests from the MGC
   with Error 406 Version Not supported.

   If the MGC supports a higher version than the MG but is able to
   support the lower version proposed by the MG, it shall send a
   ServiceChangeReply with the lower version and thereafter all the
   messages between MG and MGC shall conform to the lower version of the
   protocol. If the MGC is unable to comply, it shall reject the
   association, with Error 406 Version Not Supported.

   Protocol version negotiation may also occur at "handoff" and
   "failover" ServiceChanges.

   When extending the protocol with new versions, the following rules
   should be followed.

   1. Existing protocol elements, i.e., procedures, parameters,
      descriptor, property, values, should not be changed unless a
      protocol error needs to be corrected or it becomes necessary to
      change the operation of the service that is being supported by the
      protocol.

   2. The semantics of a command, a parameter, descriptor, property,
      value should not be changed.

   3. Established rules for formatting and encoding messages and
      parameters should not be modified.

   4. When information elements are found to be obsolete they can be
      marked as not used. However, the identifier for that information
      element will be marked as reserved. In that way it can not be used
      in future versions.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.4" href="#section-11.4">11.4</a> Failure of an MG</span>

   If a MG fails, but is capable of sending a message to the MGC, it
   sends a ServiceChange with an appropriate method (graceful or forced)
   and specifies the Root TerminationID.  When it returns to service, it
   sends a ServiceChange with a "Restart" method.

   Allowing the MGC to send duplicate messages to both MGs accommodates
   pairs of MGs that are capable of redundant failover of one of the
   MGs.  Only the Working MG shall accept or reject transactions.  Upon
   failover, the Primary MG sends a ServiceChange command with a
   "Failover" method and a "MG Impending Failure" reason.  The MGC then





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 73]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-74" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   uses the secondary MG as the active MG.  When the error condition is
   repaired, the Working MG can send a "ServiceChange" with a "Restart"
   method.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-11.5" href="#section-11.5">11.5</a> Failure of an MGC</span>

   If the MG detects a failure of its controlling MGC, it attempts to
   contact the next MGC on its pre-provisioned list.  It starts its
   attempts at the beginning (Primary MGC), unless that was the MGC that
   failed, in which case it starts at its first Secondary MGC.  It sends
   a ServiceChange message with a "Failover" method and a " MGC
   Impending Failure" reason.

   In partial failure, or manual maintenance reasons, an MGC may wish to
   direct its controlled MGs to use a different MGC.  To do so, it sends
   a ServiceChange method to the MG with a "HandOff" method, and its
   designated replacement in ServiceChangeMgcId. The MG should send a
   ServiceChange message with a "Handoff" method and a "MGC directed
   change" reason to the designated MGC.  If it fails to get a reply, or
   fails to see an Audit command subsequently, it should behave as if
   its MGC failed, and start contacting secondary MGCs.  If the MG is
   unable to establish a control relationship with any MGC, it shall
   wait a random amount of time as described in <a href="#section-9.2">section 9.2</a> and then
   start contacting its primary, and if necessary, its secondary MGCs
   again.

   No recommendation is made on how the MGCs involved in the Handoff
   maintain state information; this is considered to be out of scope of
   this recommendation. The MGC and MG may take the following steps when
   Handoff occurs.  When the MGC initiates a HandOff, the handover
   should be transparent to Operations on the Media Gateway.
   Transactions can be executed in any order, and could be in progress
   when the ServiceChange is executed.  Accordingly, commands in
   progress continue, transaction replies are sent to the new MGC (after
   a new control association is established), and the MG should expect
   outstanding transaction replies from the new MGC.  No new messages
   shall be sent to the new MGC until the control association is
   established.  Repeated transaction requests shall be directed to the
   new MGC.  The MG shall maintain state on all terminations and
   contexts.

   It is possible that the MGC could be implemented in such a way that a
   failed MGC is replaced by a working MGC where the identity of the new
   MGC is the same as the failed one.  In such a case,
   ServiceChangeMgcId would be specified with the previous value and the
   MG shall behave as if the value was changed, and send a ServiceChange
   message, as above.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 74]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-75" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Pairs of MGCs that are capable of redundant failover can notify the
   controlled MGs of the failover by the above mechanism.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-12" href="#section-12">12</a>. PACKAGE DEFINITION</span>

   The primary mechanism for extension is by means of Packages. Packages
   define additional Properties, Events, Signals and Statistics that may
   occur on Terminations.

   Packages defined by IETF will appear in separate RFCs.

   Packages defined by ITU-T may appear in the relevant recommendations
   (e.g. as annexes).

   1. A public document or a standard forum document, which can be
      referenced as the document that describes the package following
      the guideline above, should be specified.

   2. The document shall specify the version of the Package that it
      describes.

   3. The document should be available on a public web server and should
      have a stable URL. The site should provide a mechanism to provide
      comments and appropriate responses should be returned.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1" href="#section-12.1">12.1</a> Guidelines for defining packages</span>

   Packages define Properties, Events, Signals, and Statistics.

   Packages may also define new error codes according to the guidelines
   given in <a href="#section-13.2">section 13.2</a>. This is a matter of documentary convenience:
   the package documentation is submitted to IANA in support of the
   error code registration. If a package is modified, it is unnecessary
   to provide IANA with a new document reference in support of the error
   code unless the description of the error code itself is modified.

   Names of all such defined constructs shall consist of the PackageID
   (which uniquely identifies the package) and the ID of the item (which
   uniquely identifies the item in that package).  In the text encoding
   the two shall be separated by a forward slash ("/") character.
   Example: togen/playtone is the text encoding to refer to the play
   tone signal in the tone generation package.

   A Package will contain the following sections:







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 75]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-76" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.1" href="#section-12.1.1">12.1.1</a> Package</span>

   Overall description of the package, specifying:

   *  Package Name: only descriptive,
   *  PackageID:  Is an identifier
   *  Description:
   *  Version: A new version of a package can only add additional
      Properties, Events, Signals, Statistics and new possible values
      for an existing parameter described in the original package. No
      deletions or modifications shall be allowed. A version is  an
      integer in the range from 1 to 99.

   *  Extends (Optional): A package may extend an existing package. The
      version of the original package must be specified. When a package
      extends another package it shall only add additional Properties,
      Events, Signals, Statistics and new possible values for an
      existing parameter described in the original package. An extended
      package shall not redefine or overload a name defined in the
      original package.  Hence, if package B version 1 extends package A
      version 1, version 2 of B will not be able to extend the A version
      2 if A version 2 defines a name already in B version 1.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.2" href="#section-12.1.2">12.1.2</a> Properties</span>

   Properties defined by the package, specifying:

   *  Property Name: only descriptive.
   *  PropertyID:  Is an identifier
   *  Description:
   *  Type: One of:
      String: UTF-8 string
      Integer: 4 byte signed integer
      Double: 8 byte signed integer
      Character: Unicode UTF-8 encoding of a single letter.
                 Could be more than one octet.
         Enumeration: One of a list of possible unique values (See 12.3)
         Sub-list: A list of several values from a list
         Boolean

   *  Possible Values:
   *  Defined in: Which Megaco descriptor the property is defined in.
      LocalControl is for stream dependent properties. TerminationState
      is for stream independent properties.  These are expected to be
      the most common cases, but it is possible for properties to be
      defined in other descriptors.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 76]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-77" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   *  Characteristics: Read / Write or both, and (optionally), global:
      Indicates whether a property is read-only, or read-write, and if
      it is global.  If Global is omitted, the property is not global.
      If a property is declared as global, the value of the property is
      shared by all terminations realizing the package.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.3" href="#section-12.1.3">12.1.3</a> Events</span>

   Events defined by the package, specifying:

   *  Event name: only descriptive.
   *  EventID:  Is an identifier
   *  Description:
   *  EventsDescriptor Parameters: Parameters used by the MGC to
      configure the event, and found in the EventsDescriptor.  See
      <a href="#section-12.2">section 12.2</a>.

   *  ObservedEventsDescriptor Parameters: Parameters returned to the
      MGC in  Notify requests and in replies to command requests from
      the MGC that audit ObservedEventsDescriptor, and found in the
      ObservedEventsDescriptor.  See <a href="#section-12.2">section 12.2</a>.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.4" href="#section-12.1.4">12.1.4</a> Signals</span>

   *  Signals defined by the package, specifying:
   *  Signal Name: only descriptive.
   *  SignalID:  Is an identifier. SignalID is used in a
      SignalsDescriptor
   *  Description
   * SignalType: One of:
      -  OO (On/Off)
      -  TO (TimeOut)
      -  BR (Brief)

         Note -  SignalType may be defined such that it is dependent on
         the value of one or more parameters. Signals that would be
         played with SignalType BR or TO should have a default duration.
         The package has to define the default duration and signalType.

   *  Duration: in hundredths of seconds
   *  Additional Parameters: See <a href="#section-12.2">section 12.2</a>

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.5" href="#section-12.1.5">12.1.5</a> Statistics</span>

   Statistics defined by the package, specifying:

   *  Statistic name: only descriptive.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 77]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-78" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   *  StatisticID:  Is an identifier.  StatisticID is used in a
      StatisticsDescriptor.
   *  Description
   *  Units: unit of measure, e.g. milliseconds, packets.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.1.6" href="#section-12.1.6">12.1.6</a> Procedures</span>

   Additional guidance on the use of the package.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.2" href="#section-12.2">12.2</a> Guidelines to defining Properties, Statistics and Parameters to</span>
<span class="h3">   Events and Signals.</span>

   *  Parameter Name: only descriptive
   *  ParameterID: Is an identifier
   *  Type: One of:
         String: UTF-8 octet string
         Integer: 4 octet signed integer
         Double: 8 octet signed integer
         Character: Unicode UTF-8 encoding of a single letter. Could be
         more than one octet.
         Enumeration: One of a list of possible unique values (See 12.3)
         Sub-list: A list of several values from a list (not supported
         for statistics)
         Boolean

   *  Possible values:
   *  Description:

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.3" href="#section-12.3">12.3</a> Lists</span>

   Possible values for parameters include enumerations.  Enumerations
   may be defined in a list.  It is recommended that the list be IANA
   registered so that packages that extend the list can be defined
   without concern for conflicting names.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.4" href="#section-12.4">12.4</a> Identifiers</span>

   Identifiers in text encoding shall be strings of up to 64 characters,
   containing no spaces, starting with an alphanumeric character and
   consisting of alphanumeric characters and / or digits, and possibly
   including the special character underscore ("_").

   Identifiers in binary encoding are 2 octets long.

   Both text and binary values shall be specified for each identifier,
   including identifiers used as values in enumerated types.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 78]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-79" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-12.5" href="#section-12.5">12.5</a> Package Registration</span>

   A package can be registered with IANA for interoperability reasons.
   See <a href="#section-13">section 13</a> for IANA considerations.

<span class="h2"><a class="selflink" id="section-13" href="#section-13">13</a>.  IANA CONSIDERATIONS</span>

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-13.1" href="#section-13.1">13.1</a> Packages</span>

   The following considerations SHALL be met to register a package with
   IANA:

   1. A unique string name, unique serial number and version number is
      registered for each package.  The string name is used with text
      encoding.  The serial number shall be used with binary encoding.
      Serial Numbers 60000-64565 are reserved for private use. Serial
      number 0 is reserved.

   2. A contact name, email and postal addresses for that contact shall
      be specified.  The contact information shall be updated by the
      defining organization as necessary.

   3. A reference to a document that describes the package, which should
      be public:

      The document shall specify the version of the Package that it
      describes.

      If the document is public, it should be located on a public web
      server and should have a stable URL. The site should provide a
      mechanism to provide comments and appropriate responses should be
      returned.

   4. Packages registered by other than recognized standards bodies
      shall have a minimum package name length of 8 characters.

   5. All other package names are first come-first served if all other
      conditions are met

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-13.2" href="#section-13.2">13.2</a> Error Codes</span>

   The following considerations SHALL be met to register an error code
   with IANA:

   1. An error number and a one line (80 character maximum) string is
      registered for each error.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 79]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-80" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   2. A complete description of the conditions under which the error is
      detected shall be included in a publicly available document.  The
      description shall be sufficiently clear to differentiate the error
      from all other existing error codes.

   3. The document should be available on a public web server and should
      have a stable URL.

   4. Error numbers registered by recognized standards bodies shall have
      3 or 4 character error numbers.

   5. Error numbers registered by all other organizations or individuals
      shall have 4 character error numbers.

   6. An error number shall not be redefined, nor modified except by the
      organization or individual that originally defined it, or their
      successors or assigns.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="section-13.3" href="#section-13.3">13.3</a> ServiceChange Reasons</span>

   The following considerations SHALL be met to register service change
   reason with IANA:

   1. A one phrase, 80-character maximum, unique reason code is
      registered for each reason.

   2. A complete description of the conditions under which the reason is
      used is detected shall be included in a publicly available
      document.  The description shall be sufficiently clear to
      differentiate the reason from all other existing reasons.

   3. The document should be available on a public web server and should
      have a stable URL.

ANNEX A: BINARY ENCODING OF THE PROTOCOL (NORMATIVE)

   This Annex specifies the syntax of messages using the notation
   defined in ASN.1 [ITU-T Recommendation X.680 (1997): Information
   Technology - Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) - Specification of
   basic notation.]. Messages shall be encoded for transmission by
   applying the basic encoding rules specified in [ITU-T Recommendation
   X.690(1994) Information Technology - ASN.1  Encoding Rules:
   Specification  of  Basic  Encoding Rules  (BER)].








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 80]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-81" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.1" href="#appendix-A.1">A.1</a> Coding of wildcars</span>

   The use of wildcards ALL and CHOOSE is allowed in the protocol. This
   allows a MGC to partially specify Termination IDs and let the MG
   choose from the values that conform to the partial specification.
   Termination IDs may encode a hierarchy of names.  This hierarchy is
   provisioned. For instance, a TerminationID may consist of a trunk
   group, a trunk within the group and a circuit.  Wildcarding must be
   possible at all levels.  The following paragraphs explain how this is
   achieved.

   The ASN.1 description uses octet strings of up to 8 octets in length
   for Termination IDs.  This means that Termination IDs consist of at
   most 64 bits.  A fully specified Termination ID may be preceded by a
   sequence of wildcarding fields.  A wildcarding field is one octet in
   length.  Bit 7 (the most significant bit) of this octet specifies
   what type of wildcarding is invoked:  if the bit value equals 1, then
   the ALL wildcard is used; if the bit value if 0, then the CHOOSE
   wildcard is used.  Bit 6 of the wildcarding field specifies whether
   the wildcarding pertains to one level in the hierarchical naming
   scheme (bit value 0) or to the level of the hierarchy specified in
   the wildcarding field plus all lower levels (bit value 1).  Bits 0
   through 5 of the wildcarding field specify the bit position in the
   Termination ID at which the starts.

   We illustrate this scheme with some examples.  In these examples, the
   most significant bit in a string of bits appears on the left hand
   side.

   Assume that Termination IDs are three octets long and that each octet
   represents a level in a hierarchical naming scheme.  A valid
   Termination ID is

         00000001 00011110 01010101.

   Addressing ALL names with prefix 00000001 00011110 is done as
   follows:

         wildcarding field: 10000111
         Termination ID: 00000001 00011110 xxxxxxxx.

   The values of the bits labeled "x" is irrelevant and shall be ignored
   by the receiver.

   Indicating to the receiver that is must choose a name with 00011110
   as the second octet is done as follows:





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 81]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-82" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


         wildcarding fields: 00010111 followed by 00000111
         Termination ID: xxxxxxxx 00011110 xxxxxxxx.

   The first wildcard field indicates a CHOOSE wildcard for the level in
   the naming hierarchy starting at bit 23, the highest level in our
   assumed naming scheme.  The second wildcard field indicates a CHOOSE
   wildcard for the level in the naming hierarchy starting at bit 7, the
   lowest level in our assumed naming scheme.

   Finally, a CHOOSE-wildcarded name with the highest level of the name
   equal to 00000001 is specified as follows:

         wildcard field: 01001111
         Termination ID: 0000001 xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx .

   Bit value 1 at bit position 6 of the first octet of the wildcard
   field indicates that the wildcarding pertains to the specified level
   in the naming hierarchy and all lower levels.

   Context IDs may also be wildcarded.  In the case of Context IDs,
   however, specifying partial names is not allowed.  Context ID 0x0
   SHALL be used to indicate the NULL Context, Context ID 0xFFFFFFFE
   SHALL be used to indicate a CHOOSE wildcard, and Context ID
   0xFFFFFFFF SHALL be used to indicate an ALL wildcard.

   TerminationID 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF SHALL be used to indicate the ROOT
   Termination.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.2" href="#appendix-A.2">A.2</a> ASN.1 syntax specification</span>

   This section contains the ASN.1 specification of the H.248 protocol
   syntax.

   NOTE - In case a transport mechanism is used that employs application
   level framing, the definition of Transaction below changes.  Refer to
   the annex defining the transport mechanism for the definition that
   applies in that case.

   NOTE - The ASN.1 specification below contains a clause defining
   TerminationIDList as a sequence of TerminationIDs.  The length of
   this sequence SHALL be one, except possibly when used in
   contextAuditResult.









<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 82]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-83" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   MEDIA-GATEWAY-CONTROL DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS::= BEGIN

   MegacoMessage ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        authHeader      AuthenticationHeader OPTIONAL,
        mess            Message
   }
   AuthenticationHeader ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        secParmIndex    SecurityParmIndex,
        seqNum          SequenceNum,
        ad              AuthData
   }

   SecurityParmIndex ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(4))

   SequenceNum       ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(4))

   AuthData          ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE (12..32))

   Message ::= SEQUENCE
   {    version         INTEGER(0..99),
        -- The version of the protocol defined here is equal to 1.
        mId             MId,    -- Name/address of message originator
        messageBody             CHOICE
        {
                messageError    ErrorDescriptor,
                transactions    SEQUENCE OF Transaction
        },
        ...
   }

   MId ::= CHOICE
   {
        ip4Address                      IP4Address,
        ip6Address                      IP6Address,
        domainName                      DomainName,
        deviceName                      PathName,
        mtpAddress                      OCTET STRING(SIZE(2)),
    -- Addressing structure of mtpAddress:
    --        15                0
    --        |  PC        | NI |
    --           14 bits    2 bits
         ...
   }

   DomainName ::= SEQUENCE
   {



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 83]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-84" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        name            IA5String,
        -- The name starts with an alphanumeric digit followed by a
        -- sequence of alphanumeric digits, hyphens and dots.  No two
        -- dots shall occur consecutively.
        portNumber      INTEGER(0..65535) OPTIONAL
   }

   {
        address         OCTET STRING (SIZE(4)),
        portNumber      INTEGER(0..65535) OPTIONAL
   }

   IP6Address ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        address         OCTET STRING (SIZE(16)),
        portNumber      INTEGER(0..65535) OPTIONAL
   }

   PathName ::= IA5String(SIZE (1..64))
   -- See section A.3

   Transaction ::= CHOICE
   {
        transactionRequest      TransactionRequest,
        transactionPending      TransactionPending,
        transactionReply        TransactionReply,
        transactionResponseAck  TransactionResponseAck,
             -- use of response acks is dependent on underlying
   transport
        ...
   }

   TransactionId ::= INTEGER(0..4294967295)  -- 32 bit unsigned integer

   TransactionRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        transactionId           TransactionId,
        actions                 SEQUENCE OF ActionRequest,
        ...
   }

   TransactionPending ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        transactionId           TransactionId,
        ...
   }

   TransactionReply ::= SEQUENCE



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 84]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-85" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   {
        transactionId           TransactionId,
        immAckRequired          NULL OPTIONAL,  transactionResult
        CHOICE
        {
             transactionError   ErrorDescriptor,
             actionReplies      SEQUENCE OF ActionReply
        },
        ...
   }

   TransactionResponseAck ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        firstAck        TransactionId,
        lastAck         TransactionId OPTIONAL
   }

   ErrorDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        errorCode       ErrorCode,
        errorText       ErrorText OPTIONAL
   }

   ErrorCode ::= INTEGER(0..65535)
   -- See <a href="#section-13">section 13</a> for IANA considerations w.r.t. error codes

   ErrorText ::= IA5String

   ContextID ::= INTEGER(0..4294967295)

   -- Context NULL Value: 0
   -- Context CHOOSE Value: 429467294 (0xFFFFFFFE)
   -- Context ALL Value: 4294967295 (0xFFFFFFFF)


   ActionRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        contextId               ContextID,
        contextRequest          ContextRequest OPTIONAL,
        contextAttrAuditReq     ContextAttrAuditRequest OPTIONAL,
        commandRequests         SEQUENCE OF CommandRequest
   }

   ActionReply ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        contextId               ContextID,
        errorDescriptor         ErrorDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        contextReply            ContextRequest OPTIONAL,



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 85]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-86" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        commandReply            SEQUENCE OF CommandReply
   }

   ContextRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        priority                INTEGER(0..15) OPTIONAL,
        emergency               BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
        topologyReq             SEQUENCE OF TopologyRequest OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   ContextAttrAuditRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
   topology     NULL OPTIONAL,
        emergency       NULL OPTIONAL,
        priority        NULL OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   CommandRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        command                 Command,
        optional                NULL OPTIONAL,
        wildcardReturn          NULL OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   Command ::= CHOICE
   {
        addReq                  AmmRequest,
        moveReq                 AmmRequest,
        modReq                  AmmRequest,
        -- Add, Move, Modify requests have the same parameters
        subtractReq             SubtractRequest,
        auditCapRequest         AuditRequest,
        auditValueRequest       AuditRequest,
        notifyReq               NotifyRequest,
        serviceChangeReq        ServiceChangeRequest,
        ...
   }

   CommandReply ::= CHOICE
   {
        addReply                AmmsReply,
        moveReply               AmmsReply,
        modReply                AmmsReply,
        subtractReply           AmmsReply,
        -- Add, Move, Modify, Subtract replies have the same parameters



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 86]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-87" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        auditCapReply           AuditReply,
        auditValueReply         AuditReply,
        notifyReply             NotifyReply,
        serviceChangeReply      ServiceChangeReply,
        ...
   }

   TopologyRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationFrom         TerminationID,
        terminationTo           TerminationID,
        topologyDirection       ENUMERATED
        {
                bothway(0),
                isolate(1),
                oneway(2)
        }
   }

   AmmRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID           TerminationIDList,
        descriptors             SEQUENCE OF     AmmDescriptor,
        -- At most one descriptor of each type (see AmmDescriptor)
        -- allowed in the sequence.
        ...
   }

   AmmDescriptor ::= CHOICE
   {
        mediaDescriptor                 MediaDescriptor,
        modemDescriptor                 ModemDescriptor,
        muxDescriptor                   MuxDescriptor,
        eventsDescriptor                EventsDescriptor,
        eventBufferDescriptor           EventBufferDescriptor,
        signalsDescriptor               SignalsDescriptor,
        digitMapDescriptor              DigitMapDescriptor,
        auditDescriptor                 AuditDescriptor,
        ...
   }

   AmmsReply ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID           TerminationIDList,
        terminationAudit        TerminationAudit OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 87]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-88" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   SubtractRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID           TerminationIDList,
        auditDescriptor         AuditDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   AuditRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID           TerminationID,
        auditDescriptor         AuditDescriptor,
        ...
   }

   AuditReply ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID           TerminationID,
        auditResult             AuditResult,
        ...
   }

   AuditResult ::= CHOICE
   {
        contextAuditResult      TerminationIDList,
        terminationAuditResult  TerminationAudit
   }



   TerminationAudit ::= SEQUENCE OF AuditReturnParameter

   AuditReturnParameter ::= CHOICE
   {
        errorDescriptor                 ErrorDescriptor,
        mediaDescriptor                 MediaDescriptor,
        modemDescriptor                 ModemDescriptor,
        muxDescriptor                   MuxDescriptor,
        eventsDescriptor                EventsDescriptor,
        eventBufferDescriptor           EventBufferDescriptor,
        signalsDescriptor               SignalsDescriptor,
        digitMapDescriptor              DigitMapDescriptor,
        observedEventsDescriptor        ObservedEventsDescriptor,
        statisticsDescriptor            StatisticsDescriptor,
        packagesDescriptor              PackagesDescriptor,
        emptyDescriptors                AuditDescriptor,
        ...
   }




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 88]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-89" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   AuditDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        auditToken      BIT STRING
        {
                muxToken(0), modemToken(1), mediaToken(2),
                eventsToken(3), signalsToken(4),
                digitMapToken(5), statsToken(6),
                observedEventsToken(7),
                packagesToken(8), eventBufferToken(9)
        } OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   NotifyRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID                   TerminationIDList,
        observedEventsDescriptor        ObservedEventsDescriptor,
        errorDescriptor                 ErrorDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   NotifyReply ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID                   TerminationIDList OPTIONAL,
        errorDescriptor                 ErrorDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   ObservedEventsDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        requestId                       RequestID,
        observedEventLst                SEQUENCE OF ObservedEvent
   }

   ObservedEvent ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        eventName                       EventName,
        streamID                        StreamID OPTIONAL,
        eventParList                    SEQUENCE OF EventParameter,
        timeNotation                    TimeNotation OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   EventName ::= PkgdName

   EventParameter ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        eventParameterName              Name,



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 89]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-90" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        value                           Value
   }

   ServiceChangeRequest ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID                   TerminationIDList,
        serviceChangeParms              ServiceChangeParm,
        ...
   }

   ServiceChangeReply ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        terminationID                   TerminationIDList,
        serviceChangeResult             ServiceChangeResult,
        ...
   }

   -- For ServiceChangeResult, no parameters are mandatory.  Hence the
   -- distinction between ServiceChangeParm and ServiceChangeResParm.

   ServiceChangeResult ::= CHOICE
   {
        errorDescriptor                 ErrorDescriptor,
        serviceChangeResParms           ServiceChangeResParm
   }

   WildcardField ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(1))

   TerminationID ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        wildcard        SEQUENCE OF WildcardField,
        id              OCTET STRING(SIZE(1..8)),
        ...
   }
   -- See Section A.1 for explanation of wildcarding mechanism.
   -- Termination ID 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF indicates the ROOT Termination.

   TerminationIDList ::= SEQUENCE OF TerminationID

   MediaDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {

        termStateDescr  TerminationStateDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        streams         CHOICE
                {
                        oneStream       StreamParms,
                        multiStream     SEQUENCE OF StreamDescriptor
                },



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 90]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-91" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        ...
   }

   StreamDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        streamID                        StreamID,
        streamParms                     StreamParms
   }

   StreamParms ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        localControlDescriptor     LocalControlDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        localDescriptor            LocalRemoteDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        remoteDescriptor           LocalRemoteDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   LocalControlDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        streamMode      StreamMode OPTIONAL,
        reserveValue    BOOLEAN,
        reserveGroup    BOOLEAN,
        propertyParms   SEQUENCE OF PropertyParm,
        ...
   }

   StreamMode ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        sendOnly(0),
        recvOnly(1),
        sendRecv(2),
        inactive(3),
        loopBack(4),
                ...
   }

   -- In PropertyParm, value is a SEQUENCE OF octet string.  When sent
   -- by an MGC the interpretation is as follows:
   -- empty sequence means CHOOSE
   -- one element sequence specifies value
   -- If the sublist field is not selected, a longer sequence means
   -- "choose one of the values" (i.e. value1 OR value2 OR ...)
   -- If the sublist field is selected,
   -- a sequence with more than one element encodes the value of a
   -- list-valued property (i.e. value1 AND value2 AND ...).
   -- The relation field may only be selected if the value sequence
   -- has length 1.  It indicates that the MG has to choose a value
   -- for the property. E.g., x &gt; 3 (using the greaterThan



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 91]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-92" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   -- value for relation) instructs the MG to choose any value larger
   -- than 3 for property x.
   -- The range field may only be selected if the value sequence
   -- has length 2.  It indicates that the MG has to choose a value
   -- in the range between the first octet in the value sequence and
   -- the trailing octet in the value sequence, including the
   -- boundary values.
   -- When sent by the MG, only responses to an AuditCapability request
   -- may contain multiple values, a range, or a relation field.

   PropertyParm ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        name            PkgdName,
        value           SEQUENCE OF OCTET STRING,
        extraInfo       CHOICE
                {
                        relation        Relation,
                        range           BOOLEAN,
                        sublist         BOOLEAN
                } OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   Name ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(2))

   PkgdName ::= OCTET STRING(SIZE(4))
   -- represents Package Name (2 octets) plus Property Name (2 octets)
   -- To wildcard a package use 0xFFFF for first two octets, choose
   -- is not allowed. To reference native property tag specified in
   -- Annex C, use 0x0000 as first two octets.
   -- Wildcarding of Package Name is permitted only if Property Name is
   -- also wildcarded.

   Relation ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        greaterThan(0),
        smallerThan(1),
        unequalTo(2),
        ...
   }

   LocalRemoteDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        propGrps        SEQUENCE OF PropertyGroup,
        ...
   }

   PropertyGroup ::= SEQUENCE OF PropertyParm



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 92]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-93" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   TerminationStateDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        propertyParms           SEQUENCE OF PropertyParm,
        eventBufferControl      EventBufferControl OPTIONAL,
        serviceState            ServiceState OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   EventBufferControl ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        off(0),
        lockStep(1),
        ...
   }

   ServiceState ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        test(0),
        outOfSvc(1),
        inSvc(2),
         ...
   }

   MuxDescriptor   ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        muxType                 MuxType,
        termList                SEQUENCE OF TerminationID,
        nonStandardData         NonStandardData OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   MuxType ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        h221(0),
        h223(1),
        h226(2),
        v76(3),
        ...
   }

   StreamID ::= INTEGER(0..65535)  -- 16 bit unsigned integer

   EventsDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        requestID               RequestID,
        eventList               SEQUENCE OF RequestedEvent,
        ...



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 93]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-94" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   }

   RequestedEvent ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        pkgdName                PkgdName,
        streamID                StreamID OPTIONAL,
        eventAction             RequestedActions OPTIONAL,
        evParList               SEQUENCE OF EventParameter,
        ...
   }

   RequestedActions ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        keepActive              BOOLEAN,
        eventDM                 EventDM OPTIONAL,
        secondEvent             SecondEventsDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        signalsDescriptor       SignalsDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }


   EventDM ::= CHOICE
   {    digitMapName    DigitMapName,
        digitMapValue   DigitMapValue
   }

   SecondEventsDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        requestID               RequestID,
        eventList               SEQUENCE OF SecondRequestedEvent,
        ...
   }

   SecondRequestedEvent ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        pkgdName                PkgdName,
        streamID                StreamID OPTIONAL,
        eventAction             SecondRequestedActions OPTIONAL,
        evParList               SEQUENCE OF EventParameter,
        ...
   }

   SecondRequestedActions ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        keepActive              BOOLEAN,
        eventDM                 EventDM OPTIONAL,
        signalsDescriptor       SignalsDescriptor OPTIONAL,
        ...



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 94]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-95" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   }

   EventBufferDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE OF EventSpec

   EventSpec ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        eventName               EventName,
        streamID                StreamID OPTIONAL,
        eventParList            SEQUENCE OF EventParameter,
        ...
   }

   SignalsDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE OF SignalRequest

   SignalRequest ::=CHOICE
   {
        signal          Signal,
        seqSigList      SeqSigList,
        ...
   }

   SeqSigList ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        id              INTEGER(0..65535),
        signalList      SEQUENCE OF Signal
   }

   Signal ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        signalName              SignalName,
        streamID                StreamID OPTIONAL,
        sigType                 SignalType OPTIONAL,
        duration                INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL,
        notifyCompletion        NotifyCompletion OPTIONAL,
        keepActive              BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
        sigParList              SEQUENCE OF SigParameter,
        ...
   }

   SignalType ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        brief(0),
        onOff(1),
        timeOut(2),
        ...
   }

   SignalName ::= PkgdName



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 95]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-96" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   NotifyCompletion ::= BIT STRING
   {
        onTimeOut(0), onInterruptByEvent(1),
        onInterruptByNewSignalDescr(2), otherReason(3)
   }

   SigParameter ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        sigParameterName                Name,
        value                           Value
   }

   RequestID ::= INTEGER(0..4294967295)   -- 32 bit unsigned integer

   ModemDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        mtl                     SEQUENCE OF ModemType,
        mpl                     SEQUENCE OF PropertyParm,
        nonStandardData         NonStandardData OPTIONAL
   }

   ModemType ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        v18(0),
        v22(1),
        v22bis(2),
        v32(3),
        v32bis(4),
        v34(5),
        v90(6),
        v91(7),
        synchISDN(8),
        ...
   }

   DigitMapDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        digitMapName            DigitMapName    OPTIONAL,
        digitMapValue           DigitMapValue   OPTIONAL
   }

   DigitMapName ::= Name

   DigitMapValue ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        startTimer              INTEGER(0..99) OPTIONAL,
        shortTimer              INTEGER(0..99) OPTIONAL,



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 96]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-97" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        longTimer               INTEGER(0..99) OPTIONAL,
        digitMapBody            IA5String,
        -- See Section A.3 for explanation of digit map syntax
        ...
   }

   ServiceChangeParm ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        serviceChangeMethod     ServiceChangeMethod,
        serviceChangeAddress    ServiceChangeAddress OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeVersion    INTEGER(0..99) OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeProfile    ServiceChangeProfile OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeReason     Value,
        serviceChangeDelay      INTEGER(0..4294967295) OPTIONAL,
                                    -- 32 bit unsigned integer
        serviceChangeMgcId      MId OPTIONAL,
        timeStamp               TimeNotation OPTIONAL,
        nonStandardData         NonStandardData OPTIONAL,
   }

   ServiceChangeAddress ::= CHOICE
   {
        portNumber      INTEGER(0..65535), -- TCP/UDP port number
        ip4Address      IP4Address,
        ip6Address      IP6Address,
        domainName      DomainName,
        deviceName      PathName,
        mtpAddress      OCTET STRING(SIZE(2)),
        ...
   }

   ServiceChangeResParm ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        serviceChangeMgcId      MId OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeAddress    ServiceChangeAddress OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeVersion    INTEGER(0..99) OPTIONAL,
        serviceChangeProfile    ServiceChangeProfile OPTIONAL,
        ...
   }

   ServiceChangeMethod ::= ENUMERATED
   {
        failover(0),
        forced(1),
        graceful(2),
        restart(3),
        disconnected(4),
        handOff(5),



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 97]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-98" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        ...
   }

   ServiceChangeProfile ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        profileName     Name,
        version         INTEGER(0..99)
   }

   PackagesDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE OF PackagesItem

   PackagesItem ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        packageName             Name,
        packageVersion  INTEGER(0..99),
        ...
   }

   StatisticsDescriptor ::= SEQUENCE OF StatisticsParameter

   StatisticsParameter ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        statName                PkgdName,
        statValue               Value
   }

   NonStandardData ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        nonStandardIdentifier   NonStandardIdentifier,
        data                    OCTET STRING
   }

   NonStandardIdentifier                ::= CHOICE
   {
        object                  OBJECT IDENTIFIER,
        h221NonStandard         H221NonStandard,
        experimental            IA5String(SIZE(8)),
    -- first two characters should be "X-" or "X+"
        ...
   }

   H221NonStandard ::= SEQUENCE
   {    t35CountryCode1   INTEGER(0..255),
        t35CountryCode2    INTEGER(0..255), -- country, as per T.35
        t35Extension       INTEGER(0..255), -- assigned nationally
        manufacturerCode   INTEGER(0..65535), -- assigned nationally
        ...
   }



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 98]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-99" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   TimeNotation ::= SEQUENCE
   {
        date            IA5String(SIZE(8)),  -- yyyymmdd format
        time            IA5String(SIZE(8))  -- hhmmssss format
   }

   Value ::= OCTET STRING


   END

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.3" href="#appendix-A.3">A.3</a> Digit maps and path names</span>

   From a syntactic viewpoint, digit maps are strings with syntactic
   restrictions imposed upon them.  The syntax of valid digit maps is
   specified in ABNF [<a href="./rfc2234">RFC 2234</a>].  The syntax for digit maps presented in
   this section is for illustrative purposes only. The definition of
   digitMap in Annex B takes precedence in the case of differences
   between the two.

   digitMap = (digitString / LWSP "(" LWSP digitStringList LWSP ")"
   LWSP)
   digitStringList = digitString *( LWSP "/" LWSP digitString )
   digitString = 1*(digitStringElement)
   digitStringElement = digitPosition [DOT]
   digitPosition = digitMapLetter / digitMapRange
   digitMapRange = ("x" / LWSP "[" LWSP digitLetter LWSP "]" LWSP)
   digitLetter = *((DIGIT "-" DIGIT) /digitMapLetter)
   digitMapLetter = DIGIT               ;digits 0-9
        / %x41-4B / %x61-6B             ;a-k and A-K
        / "L"   / "S"                   ;Inter-event timers
                                        ;(long, short)
        / "Z"                           ;Long duration event
   DOT = %x2E ; "."
   LWSP = *(WSP / COMMENT / EOL)
   WSP = SP / HTAB
   COMMENT = ";" *(SafeChar / RestChar / WSP) EOL
   EOL = (CR [LF]) / LF
   SP = %x20
   HTAB = %x09
   CR = %x0D
   LF = %x0A
   SafeChar = DIGIT / ALPHA / "+" / "-" / "&amp;" / "!" / "_" / "/" /
    "'" / "?" / "@" / "^" / "`" / "~" / "*" / "$" / "\" /
   "(" / ")" / "%" / "."
   RestChar = ";" / "[" / "]" / "{" / "}" / ":" / "," / "#" /
                "&lt;" / "&gt;" / "=" / %x22



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                    [Page 99]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-100" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   DIGIT = %x30-39                      ; digits 0 through 9
   ALPHA = %x41-5A / %x61-7A    ; A-Z, a-z
   A path name is also a string with syntactic restrictions imposed
   upon it.  The ABNF production defining it is copied from Annex B.

   PathName = NAME *(["/"] ["*"] ["@"] (ALPHA / DIGIT)) ["*"]
   NAME = ALPHA *63(ALPHA / DIGIT / "_" )

ANNEX B TEXT ENCODING OF THE PROTOCOL (NORMATIVE)

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.1" href="#appendix-B.1">B.1</a> Coding of wildcards</span>

   In a text encoding of the protocol, while TerminationIDs are
   arbitrary, by judicious choice of names, the wildcard character, "*"
   may be made more useful.  When the wildcard character is encountered,
   it will "match" all TerminationIDs having the same previous and
   following characters (if appropriate).  For example, if there were
   TerminationIDs of R13/3/1, R13/3/2 and R13/3/3, the TerminationID
   R13/3/* would match all of them.  There are some circumstances where
   ALL Terminations must be referred to.  The TerminationID "*"
   suffices, and is referred to as ALL. The CHOOSE TerminationID "$" may
   be used to signal to the MG that it has to create an ephemeral
   Termination or select an idle physical Termination.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-B.2" href="#appendix-B.2">B.2</a> ABNF specification</span>

   The protocol syntax is presented in ABNF according to <a href="./rfc2234">RFC2234</a>.

   ; Boolean values, indicated in the text as True and False, are
   ; encoded as "On" and "Off", respectively, in the ABNF.

   megacoMessage        = LWSP [authenticationHeader SEP ] message

   authenticationHeader = AuthToken EQUAL SecurityParmIndex COLON
                          SequenceNum COLON AuthData

   SecurityParmIndex    = "0x" 8(HEXDIG)
   SequenceNum          = "0x" 8(HEXDIG)
   AuthData             = "0x" 24*64(HEXDIG)

   message    = MegacopToken SLASH Version SEP mId SEP messageBody
   ; The version of the protocol defined here is equal to 1.

   messageBody          = ( errorDescriptor / transactionList )

   transactionList      = 1*( transactionRequest / transactionReply /
                          transactionPending / transactionResponseAck )
   ;Use of response acks is dependent on underlying transport



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 100]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-101" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   transactionPending   = PendingToken EQUAL TransactionID LBRKT RBRKT

   transactionResponseAck = ResponseAckToken LBRKT transactionAck
                                        *(COMMA transactionAck) RBRKT
   transactionAck = transactionID / (transactionID "-" transactionID)

   transactionRequest   = TransToken EQUAL TransactionID LBRKT
                          actionRequest *(COMMA actionRequest) RBRKT

   actionRequest        = CtxToken EQUAL ContextID LBRKT ((
                          contextRequest [COMMA  commandRequestList])
                          / commandRequestList) RBRKT

   contextRequest          = ((contextProperties [COMMA contextAudit])
                           / contextAudit)

   contextProperties    = contextProperty *(COMMA contextProperty)

   ; at-most-once
   contextProperty  = (topologyDescriptor / priority / EmergencyToken)

   contextAudit    = ContextAuditToken LBRKT
                          contextAuditProperties *(COMMA
                          contextAuditProperties) RBRKT

   ; at-most-once
   contextAuditProperties = ( TopologyToken / EmergencyToken /
                              PriorityToken )

   commandRequestList= ["O-"] commandRequest *(COMMA ["O-"]
   commandRequest)

   commandRequest     = ( ammRequest / subtractRequest / auditRequest
                           / notifyRequest / serviceChangeRequest)

   transactionReply     = ReplyToken EQUAL TransactionID LBRKT
                           [ ImmAckRequiredToken COMMA]
                          ( errorDescriptor / actionReplyList ) RBRKT

   actionReplyList      = actionReply *(COMMA actionReply )

   actionReply          = CtxToken EQUAL ContextID LBRKT
                          ( errorDescriptor / commandReply ) RBRKT

   commandReply       = (( contextProperties [COMMA commandReplyList] )
                           / commandReplyList )




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 101]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-102" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   commandReplyList     = commandReplys *(COMMA commandReplys )

   commandReplys        = (serviceChangeReply / auditReply / ammsReply
                           / notifyReply )

   ;Add Move and Modify have the same request parameters
   ammRequest           = (AddToken / MoveToken / ModifyToken ) EQUAL
                          TerminationID [LBRKT ammParameter *(COMMA
                          ammParameter) RBRKT]

   ;at-most-once
   ammParameter         = (mediaDescriptor / modemDescriptor /
                           muxDescriptor / eventsDescriptor /
                           signalsDescriptor / digitMapDescriptor /
                           eventBufferDescriptor / auditDescriptor)

   ammsReply            = (AddToken / MoveToken / ModifyToken /
                           SubtractToken ) EQUAL TerminationID [ LBRKT
                           terminationAudit RBRKT ]

   subtractRequest      =  ["W-"] SubtractToken EQUAL TerminationID
                           [ LBRKT auditDescriptor RBRKT]

   auditRequest         = ["W-"] (AuditValueToken / AuditCapToken )
                        EQUAL TerminationID LBRKT auditDescriptor RBRKT

   auditReply           = (AuditValueToken / AuditCapToken )
                          ( contextTerminationAudit  / auditOther)

   auditOther           = EQUAL TerminationID LBRKT
                          terminationAudit RBRKT

   terminationAudit     = auditReturnParameter *(COMMA
                        auditReturnParameter)

   contextTerminationAudit = EQUAL CtxToken ( terminationIDList /
                          LBRKT errorDescriptor RBRKT )

   auditReturnParameter = (mediaDescriptor / modemDescriptor /
                           muxDescriptor / eventsDescriptor /
                           signalsDescriptor / digitMapDescriptor /
                     observedEventsDescriptor / eventBufferDescriptor /
                           statisticsDescriptor / packagesDescriptor /
                            errorDescriptor / auditItem )

   auditDescriptor      = AuditToken LBRKT [ auditItem
                          *(COMMA auditItem) ] RBRKT



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 102]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-103" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   notifyRequest        = NotifyToken EQUAL TerminationID
                          LBRKT ( observedEventsDescriptor
                                [ COMMA errorDescriptor ] ) RBRKT

   notifyReply          = NotifyToken EQUAL TerminationID
                          [ LBRKT errorDescriptor RBRKT ]

   serviceChangeRequest = ServiceChangeToken EQUAL TerminationID
                          LBRKT serviceChangeDescriptor RBRKT

   serviceChangeReply   = ServiceChangeToken EQUAL TerminationID
                          [LBRKT (errorDescriptor /
                          serviceChangeReplyDescriptor) RBRKT]

   errorDescriptor   = ErrorToken EQUAL ErrorCode
                       LBRKT [quotedString] RBRKT

   ErrorCode            = 1*4(DIGIT) ; could be extended

   TransactionID        = UINT32

   mId                  = (( domainAddress / domainName )
                          [":" portNumber]) / mtpAddress / deviceName

   ; ABNF allows two or more consecutive "." although it is meaningless
   ; in a domain name.
   domainName           = "&lt;" (ALPHA / DIGIT) *63(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" /
                          ".") "&gt;"
   deviceName           = pathNAME

   ;The values 0x0, 0xFFFFFFFE and 0xFFFFFFFF are reserved.
   ContextID            = (UINT32 / "*" / "-" / "$")

   domainAddress        = "[" (IPv4address / IPv6address) "]"
   ;<a href="./rfc2373">RFC2373</a> contains the definition of IP6Addresses.
   IPv6address          = hexpart [ ":" IPv4address ]
   IPv4address          = V4hex DOT V4hex DOT V4hex DOT V4hex
   V4hex                = 1*3(DIGIT) ; "0".."225"
   ; this production, while occurring in <a href="./rfc2373">RFC2373</a>, is not referenced
   ; IPv6prefix           = hexpart SLASH 1*2DIGIT
   hexpart          = hexseq "::" [ hexseq ] / "::" [ hexseq ] / hexseq
   hexseq               = hex4 *( ":" hex4)
   hex4                 = 1*4HEXDIG

   portNumber           = UINT16

   ; An mtp address is two octets long



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 103]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-104" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   mtpAddress           = MTPToken LBRKT octetString RBRKT

   terminationIDList    = LBRKT TerminationID *(COMMA TerminationID)
   RBRKT

   ; Total length of pathNAME must not exceed 64 chars.
   pathNAME        = ["*"] NAME *("/" / "*"/ ALPHA / DIGIT /"_" / "$" )
                          ["@" pathDomainName ]

   ; ABNF allows two or more consecutive "." although it is meaningless
   ; in a path domain name.
   pathDomainName       = (ALPHA / DIGIT / "*" )
                          *63(ALPHA / DIGIT / "-" / "*" / ".")

   TerminationID        = "ROOT" / pathNAME / "$" / "*"

   mediaDescriptor = MediaToken LBRKT mediaParm *(COMMA mediaParm)
                        RBRKT

   ; at-most-once per item
   ; and either streamParm or streamDescriptor but not both
   mediaParm            = (streamParm / streamDescriptor /
                           terminationStateDescriptor)

   ; at-most-once
   streamParm           = ( localDescriptor / remoteDescriptor /
                           localControlDescriptor )

   streamDescriptor     = StreamToken EQUAL StreamID LBRKT streamParm
                          *(COMMA streamParm) RBRKT

   localControlDescriptor = LocalControlToken LBRKT localParm
                            *(COMMA localParm) RBRKT

   ; at-most-once per item
   localParm            = ( streamMode / propertyParm /
   reservedValueMode
        / reservedGroupMode )

   reservedValueMode       = ReservedValueToken EQUAL ( "ON" / "OFF" )
   reservedGroupMode       = ReservedGroupToken EQUAL ( "ON" / "OFF" )

   streamMode           = ModeToken EQUAL streamModes

   streamModes          = (SendonlyToken / RecvonlyToken /
   SendrecvToken /
                          InactiveToken / LoopbackToken )




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 104]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-105" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   propertyParm         = pkgdName parmValue
   parmValue            = (EQUAL alternativeValue/ INEQUAL VALUE)
   alternativeValue     = ( VALUE
                          / LSBRKT VALUE *(COMMA VALUE) RSBRKT
                            ; sublist (i.e. A AND B AND ...)
                          / LBRKT VALUE *(COMMA VALUE) RBRKT
                            ; alternatives (i.e. A OR B OR ...)
                          / LSBRKT VALUE COLON VALUE RSBRKT )
                            ; range
   INEQUAL              = LWSP ("&gt;" / "&lt;" / "#" ) LWSP
   LSBRKT               = LWSP "[" LWSP
   RSBRKT               = LWSP "]" LWSP

   localDescriptor      = LocalToken LBRKT octetString RBRKT

   remoteDescriptor     = RemoteToken LBRKT octetString RBRKT

   eventBufferDescriptor= EventBufferToken LBRKT eventSpec
                          *( COMMA eventSpec ) RBRKT
   eventSpec            = pkgdName [ LBRKT eventSpecParameter
                            *(COMMA eventSpecParameter) RBRKT ]
   eventSpecParameter   = (eventStream / eventOther)

   eventBufferControl     = BufferToken EQUAL ( "OFF" / LockStepToken )

   terminationStateDescriptor = TerminationStateToken LBRKT
               terminationStateParm *( COMMA terminationStateParm )
   RBRKT

   ; at-most-once per item
   terminationStateParm =(propertyParm / serviceStates /
   eventBufferControl )

   serviceStates        = ServiceStatesToken EQUAL ( TestToken /
                          OutOfSvcToken / InSvcToken )

   muxDescriptor        = MuxToken EQUAL MuxType  terminationIDList

   MuxType              = ( H221Token / H223Token / H226Token /
                       V76Token / extensionParameter )

   StreamID             = UINT16
   pkgdName             = (PackageName SLASH ItemID) ;specific item
                    / (PackageName SLASH "*") ;all events in package
                    / ("*" SLASH "*") ; all events supported by the MG
   PackageName          = NAME
   ItemID               = NAME




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 105]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-106" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   eventsDescriptor     = EventsToken EQUAL RequestID LBRKT
                         requestedEvent *( COMMA requestedEvent ) RBRKT

   requestedEvent       = pkgdName [ LBRKT eventParameter
                          *( COMMA eventParameter ) RBRKT ]

   ; at-most-once each of KeepActiveToken , eventDM and eventStream
   ;at most one of either embedWithSig or embedNoSig but not both
   ;KeepActiveToken and embedWithSig must not both be present
   eventParameter       = ( embedWithSig / embedNoSig / KeepActiveToken
                           /eventDM / eventStream / eventOther )

   embedWithSig         = EmbedToken LBRKT signalsDescriptor
                             [COMMA embedFirst ] RBRKT
   embedNoSig           = EmbedToken LBRKT embedFirst RBRKT

   ; at-most-once of each
   embedFirst      = EventsToken EQUAL RequestID LBRKT
               secondRequestedEvent *(COMMA secondRequestedEvent) RBRKT

   secondRequestedEvent = pkgdName [ LBRKT secondEventParameter
                          *( COMMA secondEventParameter ) RBRKT ]

   ; at-most-once each of embedSig , KeepActiveToken, eventDM or
   ; eventStream
   ; KeepActiveToken and embedSig must not both be present
   secondEventParameter = ( EmbedSig / KeepActiveToken / eventDM /
                            eventStream / eventOther )

   embedSig  = EmbedToken LBRKT signalsDescriptor RBRKT

   eventStream          = StreamToken EQUAL StreamID

   eventOther           = eventParameterName parmValue

   eventParameterName   = NAME

   eventDM              = DigitMapToken ((EQUAL digitMapName ) /
                          (LBRKT digitMapValue RBRKT ))

   signalsDescriptor    = SignalsToken LBRKT [ signalParm
                          *(COMMA signalParm)] RBRKT

   signalParm           = signalList / signalRequest

   signalRequest        = signalName [ LBRKT sigParameter
                          *(COMMA sigParameter) RBRKT ]




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 106]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-107" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   signalList           = SignalListToken EQUAL signalListId LBRKT
                          signalListParm *(COMMA signalListParm) RBRKT

   signalListId         = UINT16

   ;exactly once signalType, at most once duration and every signal
   ;parameter
   signalListParm       = signalRequest

   signalName           = pkgdName
   ;at-most-once sigStream, at-most-once sigSignalType,
   ;at-most-once sigDuration, every signalParameterName at most once
   sigParameter    = sigStream / sigSignalType / sigDuration / sigOther
                   / notifyCompletion / KeepActiveToken
   sigStream            = StreamToken EQUAL StreamID
   sigOther             = sigParameterName parmValue
   sigParameterName     = NAME
   sigSignalType        = SignalTypeToken EQUAL signalType
   signalType           = (OnOffToken / TimeOutToken / BriefToken)
   sigDuration          = DurationToken EQUAL UINT16
   notifyCompletion     = NotifyCompletionToken EQUAL (LBRKT
                   notificationReason *(COMMA notificationReason) RBRKT

   notificationReason   = ( TimeOutToken / InterruptByEventToken
                                / InterruptByNewSignalsDescrToken
                                / OtherReasonToken )

   observedEventsDescriptor = ObservedEventsToken EQUAL RequestID
                      LBRKT observedEvent *(COMMA observedEvent) RBRKT

   ;time per event, because it might be buffered
   observedEvent        = [ TimeStamp LWSP COLON] LWSP
                          pkgdName [ LBRKT observedEventParameter
                          *(COMMA observedEventParameter) RBRKT ]

   ;at-most-once eventStream, every eventParameterName at most once
   observedEventParameter = eventStream / eventOther

   RequestID            = UINT32

   modemDescriptor      = ModemToken (( EQUAL modemType) /
                          (LSBRKT modemType *(COMMA modemType) RSBRKT))
                          [ LBRKT NAME parmValue
                         *(COMMA NAME parmValue) RBRKT ]







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 107]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-108" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   ; at-most-once
   modemType            = (V32bisToken / V22bisToken / V18Token /
                           V22Token / V32Token / V34Token / V90Token /
                        V91Token / SynchISDNToken / extensionParameter)

   digitMapDescriptor   = DigitMapToken EQUAL
                          ( ( LBRKT digitMapValue RBRKT )
                       / (digitMapName [ LBRKT digitMapValue RBRKT ]) )
   digitMapName       = NAME
   digitMapValue      = ["T" COLON Timer COMMA] ["S" COLON Timer COMMA]
                          ["L" COLON Timer COMMA] digitMap
   Timer              = 1*2DIGIT
   digitMap =
        digitString / LWSP "(" LWSP digitStringList LWSP ")" LWSP
   digitStringList      = digitString *( LWSP "|" LWSP digitString )
   digitString          = 1*(digitStringElement)
   digitStringElement   = digitPosition [DOT]
   digitPosition        = digitMapLetter / digitMapRange
   digitMapRange      = ("x" / LWSP "[" LWSP digitLetter LWSP "]" LWSP)
   digitLetter          = *((DIGIT "-" DIGIT ) / digitMapLetter)
   digitMapLetter       = DIGIT   ;Basic event symbols
                   / %x41-4B / %x61-6B ; a-k, A-K
                   / "L" / "S"   ;Inter-event timers (long, short)
                   / "Z"         ;Long duration modifier

   ;at-most-once, and DigitMapToken and PackagesToken are not allowed
   ;in AuditCapabilities command

   auditItem            = ( MuxToken / ModemToken / MediaToken /
                           SignalsToken / EventBufferToken /
                           DigitMapToken / StatsToken / EventsToken /
                           ObservedEventsToken / PackagesToken )

   serviceChangeDescriptor = ServicesToken LBRKT serviceChangeParm
                            *(COMMA serviceChangeParm) RBRKT

   serviceChangeParm    = (serviceChangeMethod / serviceChangeReason /
                          serviceChangeDelay / serviceChangeAddress /
                         serviceChangeProfile / extension / TimeStamp /
                          serviceChangeMgcId / serviceChangeVersion )

   serviceChangeReplyDescriptor = ServicesToken LBRKT
                       servChgReplyParm *(COMMA servChgReplyParm) RBRKT

   ;at-most-once. Version is REQUIRED on first ServiceChange response
   servChgReplyParm     = (serviceChangeAddress / serviceChangeMgcId /
                          serviceChangeProfile / serviceChangeVersion )
   serviceChangeMethod  = MethodToken EQUAL (FailoverToken /



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 108]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-109" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                          ForcedToken / GracefulToken / RestartToken /
                          DisconnectedToken / HandOffToken /
                          extensionParameter)

   serviceChangeReason  = ReasonToken  EQUAL VALUE
   serviceChangeDelay   = DelayToken   EQUAL UINT32
   serviceChangeAddress = ServiceChangeAddressToken EQUAL VALUE
   serviceChangeMgcId   = MgcIdToken   EQUAL mId
   serviceChangeProfile = ProfileToken EQUAL NAME SLASH Version
   serviceChangeVersion = VersionToken EQUAL Version
   extension            = extensionParameter parmValue

   packagesDescriptor   = PackagesToken LBRKT packagesItem
                          *(COMMA packagesItem) RBRKT

   Version              = 1*2(DIGIT)
   packagesItem         = NAME "-" UINT16

   TimeStamp            = Date "T" Time ; per ISO 8601:1988
   ; Date = yyyymmdd
   Date                 = 8(DIGIT)
   ; Time = hhmmssss
   Time                 = 8(DIGIT)
   statisticsDescriptor = StatsToken LBRKT statisticsParameter
                         *(COMMA statisticsParameter ) RBRKT

   ;at-most-once per item
   statisticsParameter  = pkgdName EQUAL VALUE

   topologyDescriptor   = TopologyToken LBRKT terminationA COMMA
                          terminationB COMMA topologyDirection RBRKT
   terminationA         = TerminationID
   terminationB         = TerminationID
   topologyDirection    = BothwayToken / IsolateToken / OnewayToken

   priority             = PriorityToken EQUAL UINT16

   extensionParameter   = "X"  ("-" / "+") 1*6(ALPHA / DIGIT)

   ; octetString is used to describe SDP defined in <a href="./rfc2327">RFC2327</a>.
   ; Caution should be taken if CRLF in <a href="./rfc2327">RFC2327</a> is used.
   ; To be safe, use EOL in this ABNF.
   ; Whenever "}" appears in SDP, it is escaped by "\", e.g., "\}"
   octetString          = *(nonEscapeChar)
   nonEscapeChar        = ( "\}" / %x01-7C / %x7E-FF )
   quotedString         = DQUOTE 1*(SafeChar / RestChar/ WSP) DQUOTE

   UINT16               = 1*5(DIGIT)  ; %x0-FFFF



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 109]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-110" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   UINT32               = 1*10(DIGIT) ; %x0-FFFFFFFF

   NAME                 = ALPHA *63(ALPHA / DIGIT / "_" )
   VALUE                = quotedString / 1*(SafeChar)
   SafeChar             = DIGIT / ALPHA / "+" / "-" / "&amp;" /
                          "!" / "_" / "/" / "'" / "?" / "@" /
                          "^" / "`" / "~" / "*" / "$" / "\" /
                          "(" / ")" / "%" / "|" / "."

   EQUAL                = LWSP %x3D LWSP ; "="
   COLON                = %x3A           ; ":"
   LBRKT                = LWSP %x7B LWSP ; "{"
   RBRKT                = LWSP %x7D LWSP ; "}"
   COMMA                = LWSP %x2C LWSP ; ","
   DOT                  = %x2E           ; "."
   SLASH                = %x2F           ; "/"
   ALPHA                = %x41-5A / %x61-7A ; A-Z / a-z
   DIGIT                = %x30-39         ; 0-9
   DQUOTE               = %x22            ; " (Double Quote)
   HEXDIG               = ( DIGIT / "A" / "B" / "C" / "D" / "E" / "F" )
   SP                   = %x20        ; space
   HTAB                 = %x09        ; horizontal tab
   CR                   = %x0D        ; Carriage return
   LF                   = %x0A        ; linefeed
   LWSP                 = *( WSP / COMMENT / EOL )
   EOL                  = (CR [LF] / LF )
   WSP                  = SP / HTAB ; white space
   SEP                  = ( WSP / EOL / COMMENT) LWSP
   COMMENT              = ";" *(SafeChar/ RestChar / WSP / %x22) EOL
   RestChar             = ";" / "[" / "]" / "{" / "}" / ":" / "," / "#"
   /
                          "&lt;" / "&gt;" / "="


   AddToken                   = ("Add"                   / "A")
   AuditToken                 = ("Audit"                 / "AT")
   AuditCapToken              = ("AuditCapability"       / "AC")
   AuditValueToken            = ("AuditValue"            / "AV")
   AuthToken                  = ("Authentication"        / "AU")
   BothwayToken               = ("Bothway"               / "BW")
   BriefToken                 = ("Brief"                 / "BR")
   BufferToken                = ("Buffer"                / "BF")
   CtxToken                   = ("Context"               / "C")
   ContextAuditToken          = ("ContextAudit"          / "CA")
   DigitMapToken              = ("DigitMap"              / "DM")
   DisconnectedToken          = ("Disconnected"          / "DC")
   DelayToken                 = ("Delay"                 / "DL")
   DurationToken              = ("Duration"              / "DR")



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 110]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-111" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   EmbedToken                 = ("Embed"                 / "EB")
   EmergencyToken             = ("Emergency"             / "EM")
   ErrorToken                 = ("Error"                 / "ER")
   EventBufferToken           = ("EventBuffer"           / "EB")
   EventsToken                = ("Events"                / "E")
   FailoverToken              = ("Failover"              / "FL")
   ForcedToken                = ("Forced"                / "FO")
   GracefulToken              = ("Graceful"              / "GR")
   H221Token                  = ("H221" )
   H223Token                  = ("H223" )
   H226Token                  = ("H226" )
   HandOffToken               = ("HandOff"               / "HO")
   ImmAckRequiredToken        = ("ImmAckRequired"        / "IA")
   InactiveToken              = ("Inactive"              / "IN")
   IsolateToken               = ("Isolate"               / "IS")
   InSvcToken                 = ("InService"             / "IV")
   InterruptByEventToken      = ("IntByEvent"           / "IBE")
   InterruptByNewSignalsDescrToken
                              = ("IntBySigDescr"        / "IBS")
   KeepActiveToken            = ("KeepActive"            / "KA")
   LocalToken                 = ("Local"                 / "L")
   LocalControlToken          = ("LocalControl"          / "O")
   LockStepToken              = ("LockStep"              / "SP")
   LoopbackToken              = ("Loopback"              / "LB")
   MediaToken                 = ("Media"                 / "M")
   MegacopToken               = ("MEGACO"                / "!")
   MethodToken                = ("Method"                / "MT")
   MgcIdToken                 = ("MgcIdToTry"            / "MG")
   ModeToken                  = ("Mode"                  / "MO")
   ModifyToken                = ("Modify"                / "MF")
   ModemToken                 = ("Modem"                 / "MD")
   MoveToken                  = ("Move"                  / "MV")
   MTPToken                   = ("MTP")
   MuxToken                   = ("Mux"                   / "MX")
   NotifyToken                = ("Notify"                / "N")
   NotifyCompletionToken      = ("NotifyCompletion"      / "NC")
   ObservedEventsToken        = ("ObservedEvents"        / "OE")
   OnewayToken                = ("Oneway"                / "OW")
   OnOffToken                 = ("OnOff"                 / "OO")
   OtherReasonToken           = ("OtherReason"           / "OR")
   OutOfSvcToken              = ("OutOfService"          / "OS")
   PackagesToken              = ("Packages"              / "PG")
   PendingToken               = ("Pending"               / "PN")
   PriorityToken              = ("Priority"              / "PR")
   ProfileToken               = ("Profile"               / "PF")
   ReasonToken                = ("Reason"                / "RE")
   RecvonlyToken              = ("ReceiveOnly"           / "RC")
   ReplyToken                 = ("Reply"                 / "P")



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 111]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-112" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   RestartToken               = ("Restart"               / "RS")
   RemoteToken                = ("Remote"                / "R")
   ReservedGroupToken         = ("ReservedGroup"         / "RG")
   ReservedValueToken         = ("ReservedValue"         / "RV")
   SendonlyToken              = ("SendOnly"              / "SO")
   SendrecvToken              = ("SendReceive"           / "SR")
   ServicesToken              = ("Services"              / "SV")
   ServiceStatesToken         = ("ServiceStates"         / "SI")
   ServiceChangeToken         = ("ServiceChange"         / "SC")
   ServiceChangeAddressToken  = ("ServiceChangeAddress"  / "AD")
   SignalListToken            = ("SignalList"            / "SL")
   SignalsToken               = ("Signals"               / "SG")
   SignalTypeToken            = ("SignalType"            / "SY")
   StatsToken                 = ("Statistics"            / "SA")
   StreamToken                = ("Stream"                / "ST")
   SubtractToken              = ("Subtract"              / "S")
   SynchISDNToken             = ("SynchISDN"             / "SN")
   TerminationStateToken      = ("TerminationState"      / "TS")
   TestToken                  = ("Test"                  / "TE")
   TimeOutToken               = ("TimeOut"               / "TO")
   TopologyToken              = ("Topology"              / "TP")
   TransToken                 = ("Transaction"           / "T")
   ResponseAckToken           = ("TransactionResponseAck"/ "K")
   V18Token                   = ("V18")
   V22Token                   = ("V22")
   V22bisToken                = ("V22b")
   V32Token                   = ("V32")
   V32bisToken                = ("V32b")
   V34Token                   = ("V34")
   V76Token                   = ("V76")
   V90Token                   = ("V90")
   V91Token                   = ("V91")
   VersionToken               = ("Version"               / "V")

ANNEX C TAGS FOR MEDIA STREAM PROPERTIES (NORMATIVE)

   Parameters for Local descriptors and Remote descriptors are specified
   as tag-value pairs if binary encoding is used for the protocol.  This
   annex contains the property names (PropertyID), the tags (Property
   Tag), type of the property (Type) and the values (Value).  Values
   presented in the Value field when the field contains references shall
   be regarded as "information". The reference contains the normative
   values.  If a value field does not contain a reference then the
   values in that field can be considered as "normative".

   Tags are given as hexadecimal numbers in this annex. When setting the
   value of a property, a MGC may underspecify the value according to
   one of the mechanisms specified in <a href="#section-7.1.1">section 7.1.1</a>.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 112]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-113" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   For type "enumeration" the value is represented by the value in
   brackets, e.g., Send(0), Receive(1).

   When a type is smaller than one octet, the value shall be stored in
   the low-order bits of an octet string of size 1.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.1" href="#appendix-C.1">C.1</a> General Media Attributes</span>

  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |  PropertyID       | Tag  | Type        | Value                     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Media             | 1001 | Enumeration | Audio(0), Video(1),       |
  |                   |      |             | Data(2)                   |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Transmission mode | 1002 | Enumeration | Send(0), Receive(1),      |
  |                   |      |             | Send&amp;Receive(2)           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Number of         | 1003 | Unsigned    | 0-255                     |
  | Channels          |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Sampling rate     | 1004 | Unsigned    | 0-2^32                    |
  |                   |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Bitrate           | 1005 | Integer     | (0..4294967295)           |
  |                   |      |             | Note - units of 100 bit/s |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | ACodec            | 1006 | Octet       | Audio Codec Type          |
  |                   |      | String      |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Reference: ITU-T Rec. Q.765 - Application transport mechanism.     |
  | Non-ITU codecs are defined with the appropriate standards          |
  | organisation under a defined Organizational Identitifier.          |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Samplepp          | 1007 | Unsigned    | Maximum samples or frames |
  |                   |      | Integer     | per packet: 0-65535       |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Silencesupp       | 1008 | BOOLEAN     | Silence Suppression:      |
  |                   |      |             | True/false                |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Encrypttype       | 1009 | Octet       | Ref.: rec. H.245          |
  |                   |      | String      |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Encryptkey        | 100A | Octet       | SIZE(0..65535)            |
  |                   |      | String      | Encryption key            |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |  Ref.: rec. H.235                                                  |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 113]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-114" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | Echocanc          | 100B | Enumeration | Echo Canceller: Off(0),   |
  |                   |      |             | G.165(1), G168(2)         |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Gain              | 100C | Unsigned    | Gain in db: 0-65535       |
  |                   |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Jitterbuff        | 100D | Unsigned    | Jitter buffer size in ms: |
  |                   |      | Integer     | 0-65535                   |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | PropDelay         | 100E | Unsigned    | Propagation Delay:        |
  |                   |      | Integer     | 0..65535                  |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Maximum propagation delay in milliseconds for the bearer           |
  | connection between two  media gateways. The maximum delay will be  |
  | dependent on the bearer technology.                                |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |RTPpayload         | 100F | integer     | Payload type in RTP       |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Profile for Audio and Video Conferences with Minimal Control       |
  | Ref.: <a href="./rfc1890">RFC 1890</a>                                                     |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.2" href="#appendix-C.2">C.2</a> Mux Properties</span>

  +-------------------+------+----------+------------------------------+
  | PropertyID        | Tag  | Type     | Value                        |
  +-------------------+------+----------+------------------------------+
  | H.221             | 2001 | Octet    | Ref.: rec. H.245,            |
  |                   |      | String   | H222LogicalChannelParameters |
  +-------------------+------+----------+------------------------------+
  | H223              | 2002 | Octet    | Ref.: rec. H.245,            |
  |                   |      | String   | H223LogicalChannelParameters |
  +-------------------+------+----------+------------------------------+
  | V76               | 2003 | Octet    | Ref.: rec. H.245,            |
  |                   |      | String   | V76LogicalChannelParameters  |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | H2250             | 2004 | Octet    | Ref.: rec. H.245,            |
  |                   |      | String   | H2250LogicalChannelParameters|
  +-------------------+------+----------+------------------------------+












<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 114]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-115" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.3" href="#appendix-C.3">C.3</a> General bearer properties</span>

  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | PropertyID        | Tag  | Type        | Value                     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Mediatx           | 3001 | Enumeration | Media Transport Type:     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |   TDM  Circuit(0), ATM(1), FR(2), Ipv4(3), Ipv6(4), ...            |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | BIR               | 3002 | 4 OCTET     | Value depends on transport|
  |                   |      |             | technology                |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | NSAP              | 3003 | 1-20 OCTETS | See NSAP:                 |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |    Reference: ITU X.213 Annex A                                    |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.4" href="#appendix-C.4">C.4</a> General ATM properties</span>

  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | PropertyID       | Property| Type         | Value                  |
  |                  | Tag     |              |                        |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | AESA             | 4001    | 20 OCTETS    | ATM End System Address |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | VPVC             | 4002    | 2 x 16 bit   | VPCI/VCI               |
  |                  |         | integer      |                        |
  |   Reference ITU-T Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | SC               | 4003    | Enumeration  | Service Category       |
  |    Reference: ATM Forum UNI 4.0:                                   |
  |    CBR(0), nrt-VBR1(1), nrt-VBR2(2), nrt-VBR3(3), rt-VBR1(4), rt-  |
  |    VBR2(5), rt-VBR3(6), UBR1(7), UBR2(8), ABR(9).                  |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | BCOB             | 4004    | 5 bit integer  Broadband Bearer Class |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961.2                          |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  | BBTC             | 4005    | 7 bit integer| Broadband Transfer     |
  |                  |         |              | Capability             |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961                            |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  ATC             |  4006   |  Enumeration |  I.371 ATM Traffic     |
  |                  |         |              |  Capability            |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation I.371:                            |
  |    DBR(0), SBR1(1), SBR2(2), SBR3(3), ABT/IT(4), ABT/DT(5), ABR(6) |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 115]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-116" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | STC              | 4007    | 2 bits       | Susceptibility to      |
  |                  |         |              | clipping               |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                           |
  |     00 Susceptible                                                 |
  |     01 Not-susceptible                                             |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  UPCC            |  4008   |  2 bits      |  User Plane Connection |
  |                  |         |              |  configuration:        |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                           |
  |     00 Pt-to-pt,                                                   |
  |     01 Pt-to-mpt                                                   |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  PCR0            |  4009   |  24 bit      |  Peak Cell Rate (For   |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  CLP=0)                |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  SCR0            |  400A   |  24 bit      |  Sustainable Cell Rate |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  (For CLP=0)           |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  MBS0            |  400B   |  24 bit      | Maximum Burst Size (For|
  |                  |         |  integer     |  CLP=0)                |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  PCR1            |  400C   |  24 bit      | Peak Cell Rate (For    |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  CLP=0+1)              |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  SCR1            |  400D   |  24 bit      |  Sustainable Cell Rate |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  (For CLP=0+1)         |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  MBS1            |  400E   |  24 bit      | Maximum Burst Size (For|
  |                  |         |  integer     |  CLP=0+1)              |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2961                           |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  BEI             |  400F   |  Boolean     |  Best Effort Indicator |
  |     Reference: ATM Forum UNI 4.0:                                  |
  |        0 -- do not include BEI in ATM signalling                   |
  |        1 -- include BEI in ATM signalling                          |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  TI              |  4010   |  Boolean     |  Tagging               |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2961                         |
  |        0 -- tagging is not allowed                                 |
  |        1 -- tagging is requested                                   |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 116]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-117" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |  FD              |  4011   |  Boolean     |  Frame Discard         |
  |     Reference: ATM Forum UNI 4.0:                                  |
  |        0 -- no frame discard is allowed                            |
  |        1 -- frame discard is allowed                               |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  A2PCDV          |  4012   |  24 bit      | Acceptable 2-point CDV |
  |                  |         |  integer     |                        |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2                       |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  C2PCDV          |  4013   |  24 bit      | Cumulative 2-point CDV |
  |                  |         |  integer     |                        |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2                       |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  APPCDV          |  4014   |  24 bit      |  Acceptable P-P CDV    |
  |                  |         |  integer     |                        |
  |     Reference: ATM Forum UNI 4.0                                   |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  CPPCDV          |  4015   |  24 bit      |  Cumulative P-P CDV    |
  |                  |         |  integer     |                        |
  |     Reference: ATM Forum UNI 4.0                                   |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  ACLR            |  4016   | 8 bit integer|  Acceptable Cell Loss  |
  |                  |         |              |  Ratio                 |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2, ATM Forum UNI 4.0    |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  MEETD           |  4017   |  16 bit      |  Maximum end-to-end    |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  transit delay         |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2, ATM Forum UNI 4.0    |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  CEETD           |  4018   |  16 bit      |  Cumulative end-to-end |
  |                  |         |  integer     |  transit delay         |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.2, ATM Forum UNI 4.0    |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+
  |  QosClass        |  4019   |  Integer 0-5 |  QOS Class             |
  |     Reference: ITU-T Recommendation Q.2965.1                       |
  |            Qos Class           Meaning                             |
  |            ---------           -------------------------------     |
  |                0               Default QoS associated with the ATC |
  |                                as defined in ITU Rec. Q.2961.2     |
  |                1               Stringent                           |
  |                2               Tolerant                            |
  |                3               Bi-level                            |
  |                4               Unbounded                           |
  |                5               Stringent bi-level                  |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 117]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-118" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |  AALType         |  401A   |  1 octet     |  AAL Type              |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                           |
  |     00000000        AAL for voice                                  |
  |     00000001        AAL type 1                                     |
  |     00000010        AAL type 2                                     |
  |     00000011        AAL type 3/4                                   |
  |     00000101        AAL type 5                                     |
  |     00010000        user defined AAL                               |
  +------------------+---------+--------------+------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.5" href="#appendix-C.5">C.5</a> Frame Relay</span>

  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | PropertyID        | Tag  | Type        | Value                     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | DLCI              | 5001 | Unsigned    | Data link connection id   |
  |                   |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | CID               | 5002 | Unsigned    | sub-channel id.           |
  |                   |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | SID/Noiselevel    | 5003 | Unsigned    | silence insertion         |
  |                   |      | Integer     | descriptor                |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Primary Payload   |5004  | Unsigned    | Primary Payload Type      |
  | Type              |      | Integer     |  Covers FAX and codecs    |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.6" href="#appendix-C.6">C.6</a> IP</span>

  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | PropertyID        | Tag  | Type        | Value                     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | IPv4              | 6001 | 32 BITS     | Ipv4Address|Ipv4Address:  |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |         Reference: IETF <a href="./rfc791">RFC791</a>                                     |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | IPv6              | 6002 | 128 BITS    | IPv6 Address:             |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  |         Reference: IETF <a href="./rfc2460">RFC2460</a>                                    |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Port              | 6003 | Unsigned    |0-65535                    |
  |                   |      | Integer     |                           |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+
  | Porttype          | 6004 | enumerated  | TCP(0), UDP(1), SCTP(2)   |
  +-------------------+------+-------------+---------------------------+





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 118]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-119" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.7" href="#appendix-C.7">C.7</a> ATM AAL2</span>

  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | PropertyID| Tag n | Type                    | Value                |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | AESA      | 7001  | 20 OCTETS  | AAL2 service endpoint             |
  |           |       |            | address                           |
  +-----------+-------+--------------------------+---------------------+
  |   as defined in Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2630.1             |
  |     ESEA                                                           |
  |     NSEA                                                           |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | BIR       |See C.3| 4 OCTETS                | Served user          |
  |           |       |                         | reference            |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |   as defined in Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2630.1 SUGR        |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | ALC       | 7002  | 12 OCTETS               | AAL2 link            |
  |           |       |                         | characteristics      |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |   as defined in Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2630.1             |
  |     max/average CPS-SDU bitrate,                                   |
  |     max/average CPS-SDU size                                       |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | SSCS      | 7003  | I.366.2:                | Service specific     |
  |           |       | audio (8 OCTETS)        | convergence sublayer |
  |           |       | multirate (3 OCTETS)    | information          |
  |           |       | or I.366.1:             |                      |
  |           |       | SAR-assured (14 OCTETS)/|                      |
  |           |       | unassured (7 OCTETS)    |                      |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |  as defined in Reference: Q.2630.1 and used in I.366.1 and I.366.2 |
  |     I.366.2: audio/multirate                                       |
  |     I.366.1: SAR-assured/unassured                                 |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | SUT       | 7004  | 1..254 octets           |Served user transport |
  |           |       |                         | parameter            |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |  as defined in Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2630.1              |
  | TCI       | 7005  |BOOLEAN                  | Test connection      |
  |           |       |                         |  indicator           |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |  as defined in Reference: ITU Recommendation  Q.2630.1             |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | Timer_CU  | 7006  |32 bit integer           | Timer-CU:            |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 119]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-120" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |   Milliseconds to hold partially filled cell before sending.       |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | MaxCPSSDU | 7007  | 8 bit integer           | Maximum Common Part  |
  |           |       |                         |  Sublayer Service    |
  |           |       |                         |  Data Unit           |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |    Ref.: rec. Q.2630.1                                             |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  | CID       | 7008  | 8 bits                  | subchannel id, 0-255 |
  +-----------+-------+-------------------------+----------------------+
  |   Ref.: rec. I.363.2                                               |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.8" href="#appendix-C.8">C.8</a> ATM AAL1</span>

  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | PropertyID     | Property| Type            | Value                 |
  |                | Tag     |                 |                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | BIR            | See     | 29 OCTETS       | GIT (Generic          |
  |                | Table   |                 | Identifier Transport) |
  |                | C.3     |                 |                       |
  |    Ref.: Recommendation Q.2941.1                                   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | AAL1ST         | 8001    | 1 OCTET         | AAL1 Subtype:         |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    00000000       Null                                             |
  |    00000001       voiceband signal transport on 64kbit/s           |
  |    00000010       circuit transport                                |
  |    00000100       high-quality audio signal transport              |
  |    00000101       video signal transport                           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | CBRR           | 8002    | 1 OCTET         |  CBR Rate             |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    00000001         64 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00000100       1544 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00000101       6312 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00000110      32064 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00000111      44736 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00001000      97728 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00010000       2048 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00010001       8448 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00010010      34368 kbit/s                                      |
  |    00010011     139264 kbit/s                                      |
  |    01000000     n x 64 kbit/s                                      |
  |    01000001      n * 8 kbit/s                                      |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 120]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-121" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | MULT           | See     |                 | Multiplier, or n x    |
  |                | Table   |                 | 64k/8k/300            |
  |                | C.9     |                 |                       |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SCRI           | 8003    | 1 OCTECT        | Source Clock Frequency|
  |                |         |                 |  Recovery Method      |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    00000000    NULL                                                |
  |    00000001    SRTS                                                |
  |    00000010    ACM                                                 |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | ECM            | 8004    | 1 OCTECT        |  Error Correction     |
  |                |         |                 |  Method               |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    00000000    Null                                                |
  |    00000001    FEC-LOSS                                            |
  |    00000010    FEC-DELAY                                           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDTB           | 8005    | 16 bit integer  |  Structured Data      |
  |                |         |                 |  Transfer Blocksize   |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation I.363.1                           |
  |    Block size of SDT CBR service                                   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | PFCI           | 8006    | 8 bit integer   | Partially filled cells|
  |                |         |                 |  identifier           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation I.363.1                           |
  |    1-47                                                            |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.9" href="#appendix-C.9">C.9</a> Bearer Capabilities</span>

  The table entries referencing ITU-T Recommendation Q.931 refer to the
  encoding in the bearer capability information element of Q.931, not to
  the low layer information element.

  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | PropertyID     | Property| Type            |  Value                |
  |                | Tag     |                 |                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | TMR            | 9001    | 1 OCTET         |  Transmission Medium  |
  |                |         |                 |  Requirement (Q.763)  |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.763                            |
  |     Bit 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1                                            |
  |     00000000 - speech                                              |
  |     00000001 - spare                                               |
  |     00000010 - 64 kbit/s unrestricted                              |
  |     00000011 - 3.1 kHz audio                                       |



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 121]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-122" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |     00000100 - reserved for alternate speech (service 2)/64 kbit/s |
  |          unrestricted (service 1)                                  |
  |     00000101 - reserved for alternate 64 kbit/s unrestricted       |
  |          (service 1)/speech (service 2)                            |
  |     00000110 - 64 kbit/s preferred                                 |
  |     00000111 - 2 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00001000 - 384 kbit/s unrestricted                             |
  |     00001001 - 1536 kbit/s unrestricted                            |
  |     00001010 - 1920 kbit/s unrestricted                            |
  |     00001011 through 00001111- spare                               |
  |     00010000 - 3 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00010001 - 4 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00010010 -  5 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00010011 spare                                                 |
  |     00010100 - 7 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00010101 - 8 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00010110 - 9 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00010111 - 10 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011000 - 11 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011001 - 12 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011010 - 13 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011011 - 14 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011100 - 15 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011101 - 16 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011110 - 17 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00011111 - 18 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100000 - 19 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100001 - 20 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100010 - 21 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100011 - 22 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100100 - 23x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                          |
  |     00100101 - spare                                               |
  |     00100110 - 25 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00100111 - 26 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00101000 - 27 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00101001 - 28 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00101010 - 29 x 64 kbit/s unrestricted                         |
  |     00101011 through 11111111 Spare                                |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | TMRSR          | 9002    | 1 OCTET         |  Transmission Medium  |
  |                |         |                 |   Requirement Subrate |
  |     0 - unspecified                                                |
  |     1 - 8kbit/s                                                    |
  |     2 - 16kbit/s                                                   |
  |     3 - 32kbit/s                                                   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 122]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-123" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | Contcheck      | 9003    | BOOLEAN         |  Continuity Check     |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.763                            |
  |     0 - Not required on this circuit                               |
  |     1 - Required on this circuit                                   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  |  ITC           | 9004    | 5 BITS          |  Information Transfer |
  |                |         |                 |   Capability          |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.763                            |
  |     Bits 5 4 3 2 1                                                 |
  |     00000 - Speech                                                 |
  |     01000 - Unrestricted digital information                       |
  |     01001 - Restricted digital information                         |
  |     10000 - 3.1 kHz audio                                          |
  |     10001 - Unrestricted digital information with                  |
  |                tones/announcements                                 |
  |     11000 - Video                                                  |
  |     All other values are reserved.                                 |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | TransMode      | 9005    | 2 BITS          |  Transfer Mode        |
  |     Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                            |
  |     Bit 2 1                                                        |
  |     00 - Circuit mode                                              |
  |     10 - Packet mode                                               |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | TransRate      | 9006    | 5 BITS          |  Transfer Rate        |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 5 4 3 2 1                                                   |
  |    00000 - This code shall be used for packet mode calls           |
  |    10000 - 64 kbit/s                                               |
  |    10001 - 2 x 64 kbit/s                                           |
  |    10011 -384 kbit/s                                               |
  |    10101 -1536 kbit/s                                              |
  |    10111 -1920 kbit/s                                              |
  |    11000 - Multirate (64 kbit/s base rate)                         |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | MULT           | 9007    | 7 BITS          |  Rate Multiplier      |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Any value from 2 to n (maximum number of B-channels)            |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+












<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 123]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-124" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | USI            | 9008    | 5 BITS          | User Information Layer|
  |                |         |                 |  1 Protocol           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bits 5 4 3 2 1                                                  |
  |    00001 - CCITT standardized rate adaption V.110 and X.30.        |
  |    00010 - Recommendation G.711  u-law                             |
  |    00011 - Recommendation G.711 A-law                              |
  |    00100 - Recommendation G.721 32 kbit/s ADPCM and Recommendation |
  |            I.460.                                                  |
  |    00101 - Recommendations H.221 and H.242                         |
  |    00110 - Recommendations H.223 and H.245                         |
  |    00111 - Non-ITU-T standardized rate adaption.                   |
  |    01000 - ITU-T standardized rate adaption V.120.                 |
  |    01001 - CCITT standardized rate adaption X.31 HDLC flag         |
  |            stuffing.                                               |
  |    All other values are reserved.                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | syncasync      | 9009    | BOOLEAN         |  Synchronous/         |
  |                |         |                 |  Asynchronous         |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Synchronous data                                            |
  |    1 - Asynchronous data                                           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | negotiation    | 900A    | BOOLEAN         |  Negotiation          |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - In-band negotiation possible                                |
  |    1 - In-band negotiation not possible                            |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+

  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | Userrate       | 900B    | 5 BITS          |  User Rate            |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bits 5 4 3 2 1                                                  |
  |    00000 - Rate is indicated by E-bits specified in Recommendation |
  |            I.460 or may be negotiated in-band                      |
  |    00001 - 0.6 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                  |
  |    00010 - 1.2 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                           |
  |    00011 - 2.4 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                  |
  |    00100 - 3.6 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                           |
  |    00101 - 4.8 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                  |
  |    00110 - 7.2 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                           |
  |    00111 - 8 kbit/s Recommendation I.460                           |
  |    01000 - 9.6 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                  |
  |    01001 - 14.4 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                          |
  |    01010 - 16 kbit/s Recommendation I.460                          |
  |    01011 - 19.2 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                          |
  |    01100 - 32 kbit/s Recommendation I.460                          |
  |    01101 - 38.4 kbit/s Recommendation V.110                        |



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 124]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-125" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |    01110 - 48 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                   |
  |    01111 - 56 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                            |
  |    10010 - 57.6 kbit/s Recommendation V.14 extended                |
  |    10011 - 28.8 kbit/s Recommendation V.110                        |
  |    10100 - 24 kbit/s Recommendation V.110                          |
  |    10101 - 0.1345 kbit/s Recommendation X.1                        |
  |    10110 - 0.100 kbit/s Recommendation X.1                         |
  |    10111 - 0.075/1.2 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1            |
  |    11000 - 1.2/0.075 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1            |
  |    11001 - 0.050 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11010 - 0.075 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11011 - 0.110 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11100 - 0.150 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11101 - 0.200 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11110 - 0.300 kbit/s Recommendations V.6 and X.1                |
  |    11111 - 12 kbit/s Recommendation V.6                            |
  |    All other values are reserved.                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | INTRATE        | 900C    | 2 BITS          |  Intermediate Rate    |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 2 1                                                         |
  |    00 - Not used                                                   |
  |    01 - 8 kbit/s                                                   |
  |    10 - 16 kbit/s                                                  |
  |    11 - 32 kbit/s                                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | nictx          | 900D    | BOOLEAN         |  Network Independent  |
  |                |         |                 |  Clock (NIC) on       |
  |                |         |                 |  transmission         |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Not required to send data with network independent clock    |
  |    1 - Required to send data with network independent clock        |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | nicrx          | 900E    | BOOLEAN         |  Network independent  |
  |                |         |                 |  clock (NIC) on       |
  |                |         |                 |  reception            |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Cannot accept data with network independent clock (i.e.     |
  |        sender does not support this optional procedure)            |
  |    1 - Can accept data with network independent clock (i.e. sender |
  |        does support this optional procedure)                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | flowconttx     | 900F    | BOOLEAN         |  Flow Control on      |
  |                |         |                 |  transmission (Tx)    |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Not required to send data with flow control mechanism       |
  |    1 - Required to send data with flow control mechanism           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 125]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-126" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | flowcontrx     | 9010    | BOOLEAN         |  Flow control on      |
  |                |         |                 |  reception (Rx)       |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Cannot accept data with flow control mechanism (i.e. sender |
  |        does not support this optional procedure)                   |
  |    1 - Can accept data with flow control mechanism (i.e. sender    |
  |        does support this optional procedure)                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | rateadapthdr   | 9011    | BOOLEAN         |  Rate adaption        |
  |                |         |                 |  header/no header     |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Rate adaption header not included                           |
  |    1 - Rate adaption header included                               |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | multiframe     | 9012    | BOOLEAN         |  Multiple frame       |
  |                |         |                 |  establishment support|
  |                |         |                 |  in data link         |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Multiple frame establishment not supported. Only UI frames  |
  |        allowed.                                                    |
  |    1 - Multiple frame establishment supported                      |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | OPMODE         | 9013    | BOOLEAN         |  Mode of operation    |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 Bit transparent mode of operation                             |
  |    1 Protocol sensitive mode of operation                          |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | llidnegot      | 9014    | BOOLEAN         | Logical link          |
  |                |         |                 | identifier negotiation|
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 Default, LLI = 256 only                                       |
  |    1 Full protocol negotiation                                     |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | assign         | 9015    | BOOLEAN         |  Assignor/assignee    |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 Message originator is "Default assignee"                      |
  |    1 Message originator is "Assignor only"                         |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | inbandneg      | 9016    | BOOLEAN         |  In-band/out-band     |
  |                |         |                 |  negotiation          |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0- Negotiation is done with USER INFORMATION messages on a      |
  |    temporary signalling connection                                 |
  |    1- Negotiation is done in-band using logical link zero          |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 126]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-127" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  | stopbits       | 9017    | 2 BITS          |  Number of stop bits  |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bits 2 1                                                        |
  |    00 - Not used                                                   |
  |    01 - 1 bit                                                      |
  |    10 - 1.5 bits                                                   |
  |    11 - 2 bits                                                     |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | databits       | 9018    | 2 BIT           |  Number of data bits  |
  |                |         |                 |  excluding parity Bit |
  |                |         |                 |  if present           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 2 1                                                         |
  |    00 - Not used                                                   |
  |    01 - 5 bits                                                     |
  |    10 - 7 bits                                                     |
  |    11 - 8 bits                                                     |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | parity         | 9019    | 3 BIT           |  Parity information   |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 3 2 1                                                       |
  |    000 - Odd                                                       |
  |    010 - Even                                                      |
  |    011 - None                                                      |
  |    100 - Forced to 0                                               |
  |    101 - Forced to 1                                               |
  |    All other values are reserved.                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | duplexmode     | 901A    | BOOLEAN         |  Mode duplex          |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    0 - Half duplex                                                 |
  |    1 - Full duplex                                                 |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | modem          | 901B    | 6 BIT           |  Modem Type           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bits 6 5 4 3 2 1                                                |
  |    00000 through 000101 National Use                               |
  |    010001 - Recommendation V.21                                    |
  |    010010 - Recommendation V.22                                    |
  |    010011 - Recommendation V.22 bis                                |
  |    010100 - Recommendation V.23                                    |
  |    010101 - Recommendation V.26                                    |
  |    011001 - Recommendation V.26 bis                                |
  |    010111 - Recommendation V.26 ter                                |
  |    011000 - Recommendation V.27                                    |
  |    011001 - Recommendation V.27 bis                                |
  |    011010 - Recommendation V.27 ter                                |
  |    011011 - Recommendation V.29                                    |



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 127]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-128" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |    011101 - Recommendation V.32                                    |
  |    011110 - Recommendation V.34                                    |
  |    100000 through 101111 National Use                              |
  |    110000 through 111111 User Specified                            |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | layer2prot     | 901C      5 BIT           | User information layer|
  |                |                           |  2 protocol           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 5 4 3 2 1                                                   |
  |    00010 - Recommendation Q.921/I.441 [3]                          |
  |    00110 - Recommendation X.25 [5], link layer                     |
  |    01100 - LAN logical link control (ISO/IEC 8802-2)               |
  |    All other values are reserved.                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | layer3prot     | 901D    | 5 BIT           | User information layer|
  |                |         |                 |  3 protocol           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.931                             |
  |    Bit 5 4 3 2 1                                                   |
  |    00010 - Recommendation Q.931/I.451                              |
  |    00110 - Recommendation X.25, packet layer                       |
  |    01011 - ISO/IEC TR 9577 (Protocol identification in the network |
  |            layer)                                                  |
  |    All other values are reserved.                                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | addlayer3prot  | 901E    | OCTET           |  Additional User      |
  |                |         |                 |  Information layer 3  |
  |                |         |                 |  protocol             |
  |                                                                    |
  |    Bits 4321
  |    1100 1100 - Internet Protocol (<a href="./rfc791">RFC 791</a>) (ISO/IEC TR 9577)       |
  |    1100 1111 - Point-to-point Protocol (<a href="./rfc1661">RFC 1661</a>)                  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | DialledN       | 901F    | 30 OCTETS       |  Dialled Number       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | DiallingN      | 9020    | 30 OCTETS       |  Dialling Number      |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | ECHOCI         | 9021    | Enumeration     |  Echo Control         |
  |                |         |                 |  Information          |
  |    echo canceler off (0), incoming echo canceler on (1), outgoing  |
  |    echo canceler on (2), incoming and outgoing echo canceler on (3)|
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | NCI            | 9022    | 1 OCTET         |  Nature of Connection |
  |                |         |                 |  Indicators           |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.763                             |
  |    Bits 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1                                            |
  |                                                                    |
  |    Bits 2 1 Satellite Indicator                                    |
  |    0 0  no satellite circuit in the connection                     |



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 128]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-129" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


  |    0 1  one satellite circuit in the connection                    |
  |    1 0  two satellite circuits in the connection                   |
  |    1 1  spare
  |                                                                    |
  |    Bits 4 3 Continuity check indicator                             |
  |    0 0  continuity check not required                              |
  |    0 1  continuity check required on this circuit                  |
  |    1 0  continuity check performed on a previous circuit           |
  |    1 1  spare                                                      |
  |                                                                    |
  |    Bits 5 Echo control device indicator                            |
  |    0  outgoing echo control device not included                    |
  |    1  outgoing echo control device included                        |
  |                                                                    |
  |    Bits 8 7 6 Spare                                                |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.10" href="#appendix-C.10">C.10</a> AAL5 Properties</span>

  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | PropertyID     | Property| Type            |  Value                |
  |                | Tag     |                 |                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | FMSDU          | A001    | 32 bit integer  |  Forward Maximum CPCS-|
  |                |         |                 |  SDU Size:            |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    Maximum CPCS-SDU size sent in the direction from the calling    |
  |    user to the called user.                                        |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | BMSDU          | A002    | 32 bit integer  |  Backwards Maximum    |
  |                |         |                 |  CPCS-SDU Size        |
  |    Reference: ITU Recommendation Q.2931                            |
  |    Maximum CPCS-SDU size sent in the direction from the called user|
  |    to the calling user.                                            |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SSCS           | See     | See table C.7   |  See table C.7        |
  |                | table   |                 |                       |
  |                | C.7     |                 |                       |
  |    Additional values:                                              |
  |    VPI/VCI                                                         |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+










<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 129]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-130" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.11" href="#appendix-C.11">C.11</a> SDP Equivalents</span>

  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | PropertyID     | Property| Type            | Value                 |
  |                | Tag     |                 |                       |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_V          | B001    | STRING          | Protocol Version      |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_O          | B002    | STRING          | Owner/creator and     |
  |                |         |                 |  session ID           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_S          | B003    | STRING          | Sesson name           |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_I          | B004    | STRING          | Session identifier    |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_U          | B005    | STRING          | URI of descriptor     |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDC_E          | B006    | STRING          | email address         |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_P          | B007    | STRING          | phone number          |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_C          | B008    | STRING          | Connection information|
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_B          | B009    | STRING          | Bandwidth Information |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_Z          | B00A    | STRING          | time zone adjustment  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_K          | B00B    | STRING          | Encryption Key        |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_A          | B00C    | STRING          | Zero or more session  |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_T          | B00D    | STRING          | Active Session Time   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  | SDP_R          | B00E    | STRING          | Zero or more repeat   |
  +----------------+---------+-----------------+-----------------------+
  |                                                                    |
  |    Reference in all cases: IETF <a href="./rfc2327">RFC2327</a>, "Session Description      |
  |    Protocol"                                                       |
  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+












<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 130]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-131" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-C.12" href="#appendix-C.12">C.12</a> H.245</span>

  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | PropertyID     | Property| Type         | Value                    |
  |                | Tag     |              |                          |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | OLC            | C001    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | OpenLogicalChannel       |
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | OLCack         | C002    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | OpenLogicalChannelAck    |
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | OLCcnf         | C003    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | OpenLogicalChannelConfirm|
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | OLCrej         | C004    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | OpenLogicalChannelReject |
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | CLC            | C005    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | CloseLogicalChannel      |
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  | CLCack         | C006    | octet string | The value of H.245       |
  |                |         |              | CloseLogicalChannelAck   |
  |                |         |              | structure.               |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+
  |    Reference in all cases: ITU-T Recommendation H.245              |
  +----------------+---------+--------------+--------------------------+

ANNEX D TRANSPORT OVER IP (NORMATIVE)

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1" href="#appendix-D.1">D.1</a> Transport over IP/UDP using Application Level Framing</span>

   Protocol messages defined in this document may be transmitted over
   UDP.  When no port is provided by the peer (see <a href="#section-7.2.8">section 7.2.8</a>),
   commands should be sent to the default port number, 2944 for text-
   encoded operation or 2945 for binary-encoded operation.  Responses
   must be sent to the address and port from which the corresponding
   commands were sent.

   Implementors using IP/UDP with ALF should be aware of the
   restrictions of the MTU on the maximum message size.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 131]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-132" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.1" href="#appendix-D.1.1">D.1.1</a> Providing At-Most-Once Functionality</span>

   Messages, being carried over UDP, may be subject to losses. In the
   absence of a timely response, commands are repeated. Most commands
   are not idempotent.  The state of the MG would become unpredictable
   if, for example, Add commands were executed several times.  The
   transmission procedures shall thus provide an "At- Most-Once"
   functionality.

   Peer protocol entities are expected to keep in memory a list of the
   responses that they sent to recent transactions and a list of the
   transactions that are currently outstanding. The transaction
   identifier of each incoming message is compared to the transaction
   identifiers of the recent responses sent to the same MId. If a match
   is found, the entity does not execute the transaction, but simply
   repeats the response. If no match is found, the message will be
   compared to the list of currently outstanding transactions. If a
   match is found in that list, indicating a duplicate transaction, the
   entity does not execute the transaction (see section D.1.4 for
   procedures on sending TransactionPending).

   The procedure uses a long timer value, noted LONG-TIMER in the
   following.  The timer should be set larger than the maximum duration
   of a transaction, which should take into account the maximum number
   of repetitions, the maximum value of the repetition timer and the
   maximum propagation delay of a packet in the network.  A suggested
   value is 30 seconds.

   The copy of the responses may be destroyed either LONG-TIMER seconds
   after the response is issued, or when the entity receives a
   confirmation that the response has been received, through the
   "Response Acknowledgement parameter". For transactions that are
   acknowledged through this parameter, the entity shall keep a copy of
   the transaction-id for LONG-TIMER seconds after the response is
   issued, in order to detect and ignore duplicate copies of the
   transaction request that could be produced by the network.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.2" href="#appendix-D.1.2">D.1.2</a> Transaction identifiers and three-way handshake</span>

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.2.1" href="#appendix-D.1.2.1">D.1.2.1</a> Transaction identifiers</span>

   Transaction identifiers are 32 bit integer numbers.  A Media Gateway
   Controller may decide to use a specific number space for each of the
   MGs that they manage, or to use the same number space for all MGs
   that belong to some arbitrary group.  MGCs may decide to share the
   load of managing a large MG between several independent processes.
   These processes will share the same transaction number space.  There
   are multiple possible implementations of this sharing, such as



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 132]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-133" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   having a centralized allocation of transaction identifiers, or pre-
   allocating non-overlapping ranges of identifiers to different
   processes.  The implementations shall guarantee that unique
   transaction identifiers are allocated to all transactions that
   originate from a logical MGC (identical mId). MGs can simply detect
   duplicate transactions by looking at the transaction identifier and
   mId only.

<span class="h5"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.2.2" href="#appendix-D.1.2.2">D.1.2.2</a> Three-way handshake</span>

   The TransactionResponse Acknowledgement parameter can be found in
   any message. It carries a set of "confirmed transaction-id ranges".
   Entities may choose to delete the copies of the responses to
   transactions whose id is included in "confirmed transaction-id
   ranges" received in the transaction response messages. They should
   silently discard further commands when the transaction-id falls
   within these ranges.

   The "confirmed transaction-id ranges" values shall not be used if
   more than LONG-TIMER seconds have elapsed since the MG issued its
   last response to that MGC, or when a MG resumes operation.  In this
   situation, transactions should be accepted and processed, without
   any test on the transaction-id.

   Messages that carry the "Transaction Response Acknowledgement"
   parameter may be transmitted in any order.  The entity shall retain
   the "confirmed transaction-id ranges" received for LONG-TIMER
   seconds.

   In the binary encoding, if only the firstAck is present in a
   response acknowledgement (see Annex A.2), only one transaction is
   acknowledged.  If both firstAck and lastAck are present, then the
   range of transactions from firstAck to lastAck is acknowledged.  In
   the text encoding, a horizontal dash is used to indicate a range of
   transactions being acknowledged (see Annex B.2).

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.3" href="#appendix-D.1.3">D.1.3</a> Computing retransmission timers</span>

   It is the responsibility of the requesting entity to provide
   suitable time outs for all outstanding transactions, and to retry
   transactions when time outs have been exceeded. Furthermore, when
   repeated transactions fail to be acknowledged, it is the
   responsibility of the requesting entity to seek redundant services
   and/or clear existing or pending connections.  Implementations SHALL
   ensure that the algorithm used to calculate retransmission timing
   performs an exponentially increasing backoff of the retransmission
   timeout for each retransmission or repetition after the first one.




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 133]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-134" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   The specification purposely avoids specifying any value for the
   retransmission timers. These values are typically network dependent.
   The retransmission timers should normally estimate the timer value
   by measuring the time spent between the sending of a command and the
   return of a response.

   Note - One possibility is to use the algorithm implemented in TCP-
   IP, which uses two variables:

   *  The average acknowledgement delay, AAD, estimated through an
      exponentially smoothed average of the observed delays.

   *  The average deviation, ADEV, estimated through an exponentially
      smoothed average of the absolute value of the difference between
      the observed delay and the current average.  The retransmission
      timer, in TCP, is set to the sum of the average delay plus N times
      the average deviation. The maximum value of the timer should
      however be bounded for the protocol defined in this document, in
      order to guarantee that no repeated packet would be received by
      the gateways after LONG-TIMER seconds.  A suggested maximum value
      is 4 seconds.

   After any retransmission, the entity SHOULD do the following:

   *  It should double the estimated value of the average delay, AAD

   *  It should compute a random value, uniformly distributed between
      0.5 AAD and AAD

   *  It should set the retransmission timer to the sum of that random
      value and N times the average deviation.

   This procedure has two effects. Because it includes an exponentially
   increasing component, it will automatically slow down the stream of
   messages in case of congestion. Because it includes a random
   component, it will break the potential synchronization between
   notifications triggered by the same external event.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.4" href="#appendix-D.1.4">D.1.4</a> Provisional responses</span>

   Executing some transactions may require a long time. Long execution
   times may interact with the timer based retransmission procedure.
   This may result either in an inordinate number of retransmissions,
   or in timer values that become too long to be efficient. Entities
   that can predict that a transaction will require a long execution
   time may send a provisional response, "Transaction Pending".  They
   SHOULD send this response if they receive a repetition of a
   transaction that is still being executed.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 134]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-135" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   Entities that receive a Transaction Pending shall switch to a
   different repetition timer for repeating requests.  The root
   termination has a property (ProvisionalResponseTimerValue), which
   can be set to the requested maximum number of milliseconds between
   receipt of a command and transmission of the TransactionPending
   response.  Upon receipt of a final response following receipt of
   provisional responses, an immediate confirmation shall be sent, and
   normal repetition timers shall be used thereafter.  An entity that
   sends a provisional response, SHALL include the immAckRequired field
   in the ensuing final response, indicating that an immediate
   confirmation is expected.  Receipt of a Transaction Pending after
   receipt of a reply shall be ignored.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.1.5" href="#appendix-D.1.5">D.1.5</a> Repeating Requests, Responses and Acknowledgements</span>

   The protocol is organized as a set of transactions, each of which is
   composed request and a response, commonly referred to as an
   acknowledgement.  The protocol messages, being carried over UDP, may
   be subject to losses. In the absence of a timely response,
   transactions are repeated. Entities are expected to keep in memory a
   list of the responses that they sent to recent transactions, i.e. a
   list of all the responses they sent over the last LONG-TIMER
   seconds, and a list of the transactions that are currently being
   executed.

   The repetition mechanism is used to guard against three types of
   possible errors:

   *  transmission errors, when for example a packet is lost due to
      noise on a line or congestion in a queue;
   *  component failure, when for example an interface to a entity
      becomes unavailable;
   *  entity failure, when for example an entire entity become
      unavailable.

   The entities should be able to derive from the past history an
   estimate of the packet loss rate due to transmission errors.  In a
   properly configured system, this loss rate should be kept very low,
   typically less than 1%.  If a Media Gateway Controller or a Media
   Gateway has to repeat a message more than a few times, it is very
   legitimate to assume that something else than a transmission error
   is occurring.  For example, given a loss rate of 1%, the probability
   that five consecutive transmission attempts fail is 1 in 100
   billion, an event that should occur less than once every 10 days for
   a Media Gateway Controller that processes 1 000 transactions per
   second. (Indeed, the number of repetition that is considered
   excessive should be a function of the prevailing packet loss rate.)



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 135]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-136" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   We should note that the "suspicion threshold", which we will call
   "Max1", is normally lower than the "disconnection threshold", which
   should be set to a larger value.

   A classic retransmission algorithm would simply count the number of
   successive repetitions, and conclude that the association is broken
   after retransmitting the packet an excessive number of times
   (typically between 7 and 11 times.) In order to account for the
   possibility of an undetected or in-progress "failover", we modify
   the classic algorithm so that if the Media Gateway receives a valid
   ServiceChange message announcing a failover, it will start
   transmitting outstanding commands to that new MGC.  Responses to
   commands are still transmitted to the source address of the command.

   In order to automatically adapt to network load, this document
   specifies exponentially increasing timers.  If the initial timer is
   set to 200 milliseconds, the loss of a fifth retransmission will be
   detected after about 6 seconds.  This is probably an acceptable
   waiting delay to detect a failover.   The repetitions should
   continue after that delay not only in order to perhaps overcome a
   transient connectivity problem, but also in order to allow some more
   time for the execution of a failover - waiting a total delay of 30
   seconds is probably acceptable.

   It is, however, important that the maximum delay of retransmissions
   be bounded.  Prior to any retransmission, it is checked that the
   time elapsed since the sending of the initial datagram is no greater
   than T-MAX. If more than T-MAX time has elapsed, the MG concludes
   that the MGC has failed, and it begins its recovery process. The MG
   shall use a ServiceChange with ServiceChangeMethod set to
   Disconnected so that the new MGC will be aware that the MG lost one
   or more transactions.  The value T-MAX is related to the LONG-TIMER
   value: the LONG-TIMER value is obtained by adding to T-MAX the
   maximum propagation delay in the network.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2" href="#appendix-D.2">D.2</a> Using TCP</span>

   Protocol messages as defined in this document may be transmitted
   over TCP.  When no port is specified by the other side (see <a href="#section-7.2.8">section</a>
   <a href="#section-7.2.8">7.2.8</a>), the commands should be sent to the default port. The defined
   protocol has messages as the unit of transfer, while TCP is a
   stream-oriented protocol.  TPKT, according to <a href="./rfc1006">RFC1006</a> SHALL be used
   to delineate messages within the TCP stream.

   In a transaction-oriented protocol, there are still ways for
   transaction requests or responses to be lost.  As such, it is
   recommended that entities using TCP transport implement application




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 136]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-137" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   level timers for each request and each response, similar to those
   specified for application level framing over UDP.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2.1" href="#appendix-D.2.1">D.2.1</a> Providing the At-Most-Once functionality</span>

   Messages, being carried over TCP, are not subject to transport
   losses, but loss of a transaction request or its reply may
   nonetheless be noted in real implementations. In the absence of a
   timely response, commands are repeated. Most commands are not
   idempotent.  The state of the MG would become unpredictable if, for
   example, Add commands were executed several times.

   To guard against such losses, it is recommended that entities follow
   the procedures in section D.1.1

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2.2" href="#appendix-D.2.2">D.2.2</a> Transaction identifiers and three way handshake</span>

   For the same reasons, it is possible that transaction replies may be
   lost even with a reliable delivery protocol such as TCP.  It is
   recommended that entities follow the procedures in section D.1.2.2.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2.3" href="#appendix-D.2.3">D.2.3</a> Computing retransmission timers</span>

   With reliable delivery, the incidence of loss of a transaction
   request or reply is expected to be very low.  Therefore, only simple
   timer mechanisms are required. Exponential back-off algorithms
   should not be necessary, although they could be employed where, as
   in an MGC, the code to do so is already required, since MGCs must
   implement ALF/UDP as well as TCP.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2.4" href="#appendix-D.2.4">D.2.4</a> Provisional responses</span>

   As with UDP, executing some transactions may require a long time.
   Entities that can predict that a transaction will require a long
   execution time may send a provisional response, "Transaction
   Pending". They should send this response if they receive a
   repetition of a transaction that is still being executed.

   Entities that receive a Transaction Pending shall switch to a longer
   repetition timer for that transaction.

   Entities shall retain Transactions and replies until they are
   confirmed.  The basic procedure of section D.1.4 should be followed,
   but simple timer values should be sufficient. There is no need to
   send an immediate confirmation upon receipt of a final response.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 137]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-138" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-D.2.5" href="#appendix-D.2.5">D.2.5</a> Ordering of commands</span>

   TCP provides ordered delivery of transactions.  No special
   procedures are required.  It should be noted that ALF/UDP allows
   sending entity to modify its behavior under congestion, and in
   particular, could reorder transactions when congestion is
   encountered.  TCP could not achieve the same results.

ANNEX E BASIC PACKAGES (NORMATIVE)

   This Annex contains definitions of some packages for use with the
   Megaco protocol.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.1" href="#appendix-E.1">E.1</a> Generic</span>

   PackageID: g (0x0001)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   Description: Generic package for commonly encountered items.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.1.1" href="#appendix-E.1.1">E.1.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.1.2" href="#appendix-E.1.2">E.1.2</a> Events</span>

   Cause
   -----
   EventID:     cause (0x0001)

   Generic error event

   ObservedEvents Descriptor Parameters:

        General Cause
        -------------
        ParameterID: Generalcause (0x0001)

        Description: This parameter groups the failures into six
        groups, which the MGC may act upon.










<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 138]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-139" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        Possible values:        Enumerated,
                "NR" Normal Release (0x0001)
                "UR" Unavailable Resources (0x0002)
                "FT" Failure, Temporary (0x0003)
                "FP" Failure, Permanent (0x0004)
                "IW" Interworking Error (0x0005)
                "UN" Unsupported (0x0006)

        Failure Cause
        -------------
        ParameterID: Failurecause (0x0002)

        Description: The Release Cause is the value generated by the
        Released equipment, i.e. a released network connection.
        The concerned value is defined in the appropriate bearer
        control protocol.

        Possible Values: OCTET STRING

   Signal Completion
   -----------------
   EventID: sc (0x0002)

   Indicates termination of one or more signals for which the
   notifyCompletion parameter was set to "ON".  For further procedural
   description, see sections <a href="#section-7.1.11">7.1.11</a>, <a href="#section-7.1.17">7.1.17</a>, and <a href="#section-7.2.7">7.2.7</a>.

   ObservedEvents Descriptor parameters:

        Signal Identity
        ---------------
        ParameterID:  SigID (0x0001)

        This parameter identifies the signals which have terminated.

        Type: list

        Possible values: a list of signals and/or sequential signal
        lists which have terminated.  A signal outside of a sequential
        signal list shall be identified using the pkgdName syntax
        without wildcarding.  An individual signal inside of a
        sequential signal list shall be identified using the sequential
        signal list syntax with the correct signal list identifier,
        enclosing the name of the specific signal which terminated in
        pkgdName syntax.






<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 139]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-140" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        Termination Method
        ------------------
        ParameterID:  Meth (0x0002)

        Indicates the means by which the signal terminated.

        Type: enumeration

        Possible values:
                "TO" (0x0001) Duration expired
                "EV" (0x0002) Interrupted by event
                "SD" (0x0003) Halted by new Signals Descriptor
                "NC" (0x0004) Not completed, other cause

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.1.3" href="#appendix-E.1.3">E.1.3</a> Signals</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.1.4" href="#appendix-E.1.4">E.1.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2" href="#appendix-E.2">E.2</a> Base Root Package</span>

   Base Root Package
   PackageID: root (0x0002)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   Description: This package defines Gateway wide properties.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2.1" href="#appendix-E.2.1">E.2.1</a> Properties</span>

   MaxNrOfContexts
   ---------------
   PropertyID: maxNumberOfContexts (0x0001)

   The value of this property gives the maximum number of contexts that
   can exist at any time.  The NULL context is not included in this
   number.

   Type: Double

   Possible values: 1 and up

   Defined in: TerminationState





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 140]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-141" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   MaxTerminationsPerContext
   -------------------------
   PropertyID: maxTerminationsPerContext (0x0002)

   The maximum number of allowed terminations in a context, see <a href="#section-6.1">section</a>
   <a href="#section-6.1">6.1</a>

   Type: Integer

   Possible Values: any integer

   Defined In: TerminationState

   normalMGExecutionTime
   ---------------------
   PropertyId: normalMGExecutionTime (0x0003)

   Settable by the MGC to indicate the interval within which the MGC
   expects a response to any transaction from the MG (exclusive of
   network delay)

   Type: Integer

   Possible Values: any integer, represents milliseconds

   Defined in: TerminationState

   normalMGCExecutionTime
   ----------------------
   PropertyId: normalMGCExecutionTime (0x0004)

   Settable by the MGC to indicate the interval within which the MG
   should expects a response to any transaction from the MGC (exclusive
   of network delay)

   Type: Integer

   Possible Values: any integer, represents milliseconds

   Defined in: TerminationState

   ProvisionalResponseTimerValue
   -----------------------------
   PropertyId: ProvisionalResponseTimerValue (0x0005)







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 141]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-142" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Indicates the time within which to expect a Pending Response if a
   Transaction cannot be completed.  Initially set to
   normalMGExecutionTime or normalMGCExecutionTime as appropriate, plus
   network delay, but may be lowered.

   Type: Integer

   Possible Values: any integer, represents milliseconds

   Defined in: TerminationState

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2.2" href="#appendix-E.2.2">E.2.2</a> Events</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2.3" href="#appendix-E.2.3">E.2.3</a> Signals</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2.4" href="#appendix-E.2.4">E.2.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.2.5" href="#appendix-E.2.5">E.2.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3" href="#appendix-E.3">E.3</a> Tone Generator Package</span>

   PackageID: tonegen (0x0003)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   Description:
   This package defines signals to generate audio tones. This package
   does not specify parameter values. It is intended to be extendable.
   Generally, tones are defined as an individual signal with a
   parameter, ind, representing "interdigit" time delay, and a tone id
   to be used with playtones.  A tone id should be kept consistent with
   any tone generation for the same tone. MGs are expected to be
   provisioned with the characteristics of appropriate tones for the
   country in which the MG is located.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3.1" href="#appendix-E.3.1">E.3.1</a> Properties</span>

   None





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 142]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-143" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3.2" href="#appendix-E.3.2">E.3.2</a> Events</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3.3" href="#appendix-E.3.3">E.3.3</a> Signals</span>

   Play tone
   ---------
   SignalID: pt (0x0001)

   Plays audio tone over an audio channel

   Signal Type: Brief

   Duration: Provisioned

   Additional Parameters:

        Tone id list
        ------------
        ParameterID: tl (0x0001)

        Type: list of tone ids.

        List of tones to be played in sequence. The list  SHALL contain
        one or more tone ids.

        Inter signal duration
        ---------------------
        ParameterID: ind (0x0002)

        Type: integer.

        Timeout between two consecutive tones in milliseconds

   No tone ids are specified in this package. Packages that extend this
   package can add possible values for tone id as well as adding
   individual tone signals.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3.4" href="#appendix-E.3.4">E.3.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.3.5" href="#appendix-E.3.5">E.3.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 143]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-144" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4" href="#appendix-E.4">E.4</a> Tone Detection Package</span>

   PackageID: tonedet (0x0004)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   This Package defines events for audio tone detection. Tones are
   selected by name (tone id). MGs are expected to be provisioned with
   the characteristics of appropriate tones for the country in which the
   MG is located.

   This package does not specify parameter values. It is intended to be
   extendable.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4.1" href="#appendix-E.4.1">E.4.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4.2" href="#appendix-E.4.2">E.4.2</a> Events</span>

   Start tone detected
   -------------------
   EventID: std, 0x0001

   Detects the start of a tone. The characteristics of positive tone
   detection is implementation dependent.

   EventsDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id list
        ------------
        ParameterID: tl (0x0001)

        Type:  list of tone ids

        Possible values: The only tone id defined in this package is
        "wild card" which is "*" in text encoding and 0x0000 in binary.
        Extensions to this package would add possible values for tone
        id. If tl is "wild card", any tone id is detected.

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id
        --------
        ParameterID: tid (0x0003)

        Type: Enumeration




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 144]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-145" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        Possible values: "wildcard" as defined above is the only value
        defined in this package. Extensions to this package would add
        additional possible values for tone id.

   End tone detected
   -----------------
   EventID: etd, 0x0002

   Detects the end of a tone.

   EventDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id list
        ------------
        ParameterID: tl (0x0001)

        Type: enumeration or list of enumerated types

        Possible values: No possible values are specified in this
        package. Extensions to this package would add possible values
        for tone id.

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id
        -------
        ParameterID: tid (0x0003)

        Type: Enumeration

        Possible values: "wildcard" as defined above is the only value
        defined in this package. Extensions to this package would add
        possible values for tone id

        Duration
        --------
        ParameterId: dur (0x0002)

        Type: integer, in milliseconds

        This parameter contains the duration of the tone from first
        detection until it stopped.









<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 145]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-146" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Long tone detected
   ------------------
   EventID: ltd, 0x0003

   Detects that a tone has been playing for at least a certain amount
   of time

   EventDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id list
        ------------
        ParameterID: tl (0x0001)

        Type: enumeration or list

        Possible values: "wildcard" as defined above is the only value
        defined in this package. Extensions to this package would add
        possible values for tone id

        Duration:
        ---------
        ParameterID: dur (0x0002)

        Type: integer, duration to test against

        Possible values: any legal integer, expressed in milliseconds.

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters:

        Tone id
        -------
        ParameterID: tid (0x0003)

        Possible values: No possible values are specified in this
        package. Extensions to this package would add possible values
        for tone id.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4.3" href="#appendix-E.4.3">E.4.3</a> Signals</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4.4" href="#appendix-E.4.4">E.4.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.4.5" href="#appendix-E.4.5">E.4.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 146]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-147" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5" href="#appendix-E.5">E.5</a> Basic DTMF Generator Package</span>

   PackageID: dg (0x0005)
   Version: 1
   Extends: tonegen version 1

   This package defines the basic DTMF tones as signals and extends the
   allowed values of parameter tl of playtone in tonegen.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5.1" href="#appendix-E.5.1">E.5.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5.2" href="#appendix-E.5.2">E.5.2</a> Events</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5.3" href="#appendix-E.5.3">E.5.3</a> Signals</span>

   dtmf character 0
   ----------------
   SignalID: d0 (0x0010)

   Generate DTMF 0 tone. The physical characteristic of DTMF 0 is
   defined in the gateway.

   Signal Type: Brief

   Duration: Provisioned

   Additional Parameters:

   None

   Additional Values:
   -----------------

   d0 (0x0010) is defined as a toneid for playtone.

   The other dtmf characters are specified in exactly the same way. A
   table with all signal names and signal IDs is included.  Note that
   each dtmf character is defined as both a signal and a toneid, thus
   extending the basic tone generation package.  Also note that dtmf
   SignalIds are different from the names used in a digit map.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 147]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-148" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


         +------------------+-------------------+
         | Signal Name      | Signal ID/tone id |
         +------------------+-------------------+
         | dtmf character 0 | d0 (0x0010)       |
         | dtmf character 1 | d1 (0x0011)       |
         | dtmf character 2 | d2 (0x0012)       |
         | dtmf character 3 | d3 (0x0013)       |
         | dtmf character 4 | d4 (0x0014)       |
         | dtmf character 5 | d5 (0x0015)       |
         | dtmf character 6 | d6 (0x0016)       |
         | dtmf character 7 | d7 (0x0017)       |
         | dtmf character 8 | d8 (0x0018)       |
         | dtmf character 9 | d9 (0x0019)       |
         | dtmf character * | ds (0x0020)       |
         | dtmf character # | do (0x0021)       |
         | dtmf character A | da (0x001a)       |
         | dtmf character B | db (0x001b)       |
         | dtmf character C | dc (0x001c)       |
         | dtmf character D | dd (0x001d)       |
         +------------------+-------------------+

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5.4" href="#appendix-E.5.4">E.5.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.5.5" href="#appendix-E.5.5">E.5.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6" href="#appendix-E.6">E.6</a> DTMF detection Package</span>

   PackageID: dd (0x0006)
   Version: 1
   Extends: tonedet version 1

   This package defines the basic DTMF tones detection. This Package
   extends the possible values of tone id in the "start tone detected"
   "end tone detected" and "long tone detected" events.

   Additional tone id values are all tone ids described in package dg
   (basic DTMF generator package).

   The following table maps DTMF events to digit map symbols as
   described in <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a>.







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 148]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-149" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


               +------+--------------+
               | DTMF | Event Symbol |
               +------+--------------+
               | d0   | "0"          |
               | d1   | "1"          |
               | d2   | "2"          |
               | d3   | "3"          |
               | d4   | "4"          |
               | d5   | "5"          |
               | d6   | "6"          |
               | d7   | "7"          |
               | d8   | "8"          |
               | d9   | "9"          |
               | da   | "A" or "a"   |
               | db   | "B" or "b"   |
               | dc   | "C" or "c"   |
               | dd   | "D" or "d"   |
               | ds   | "E" or "e"   |
               | do   | "F" or "f"   |
               +------+--------------+

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6.1" href="#appendix-E.6.1">E.6.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6.2" href="#appendix-E.6.2">E.6.2</a> Events</span>

   DTMF digits
   -----------

   EventIds are defined with the same names as the SignalIds defined in
   the table found in section E.5.3.

   DigitMap Completion Event
   -------------------------
   EventID: ce, 0x0001

   Generated when a digit map completes as described in <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a>.

   EventsDescriptor parameters: digit map processing is activated only
   if a digit map parameter is present, specifying a digit map by name
   or by value.  Other parameters such as a KeepActive flag or embedded
   Events or Signals Descriptors may be present.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 149]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-150" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters:

        DigitString
        -----------
        ParameterID: ds (0x0001)

        Type: string of digit map symbols (possibly empty) returned as
        a quotedString.

        Possible values: a sequence of the characters "0" through "9",
        "A" through "F", and the long duration modifier "Z".

        Description: the portion of the current dial string as
        described in <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a> which matched part or all of an
        alternative event sequence specified in the digit map.

        Termination Method
        ------------------
        ParameterID:    Meth (0x0003)

        Type: enumeration

        Possible values:
                "UM" (0x0001) Unambiguous match
                "PM"  (0x0002) Partial match, completion by timer
                expiry or unmatched event
                "FM"  (0x0003) Full match, completion by timer expiry
                or unmatched event

        Description: indicates the reason for generation of the event.
        See the procedures in <a href="#section-7.1.14">section 7.1.14</a>.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6.3" href="#appendix-E.6.3">E.6.3</a> Signals</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6.4" href="#appendix-E.6.4">E.6.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.6.5" href="#appendix-E.6.5">E.6.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 150]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-151" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7" href="#appendix-E.7">E.7</a> Call Progress Tones Generator Package</span>

   PackageID: cg, 0x0007
   Version: 1
   Extends: tonegen version 1

   This package defines the basic call progress tones as signals and
   extends the allowed values of the tl parameter of playtone in tonegen
   .

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7.1" href="#appendix-E.7.1">E.7.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7.2" href="#appendix-E.7.2">E.7.2</a> Events</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7.3" href="#appendix-E.7.3">E.7.3</a> Signals</span>

   Dial Tone
   ---------
   SignaID: dt (0x0030)

   Generate dial tone. The physical characteristic of dial tone is
   available in the gateway.

   Signal Type: Timeout

   Duration: Provisioned

   Additional Parameters:
   None

   Additional Values
   -----------------
   dt (0x0030) is defined as a tone id for playtone
   The other tones of this package are defined in exactly the same way.
   A table with all signal names and  signal IDs is included.  Note
   that each tone is defined as both a signal and a toneid, thus
   extending the basic tone generation package.










<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 151]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-152" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


            +---------------------------+-------------------+
            | Signal Name               | Signal ID/tone id |
            +---------------------------+-------------------+
            | Dial Tone                 | dt (0x0030)       |
            | Ringing Tone              | rt (0x0031)       |
            | Busy Tone                 | bt (0x0032)       |
            | Congestion Tone           | ct (0x0033)       |
            | Special Information Tone  | sit(0x0034)       |
            | Warning Tone              | wt (0x0035)       |
            | Payphone Recognition Tone | pt (0x0036)       |
            | Call Waiting Tone         | cw (0x0037)       |
            | Caller Waiting Tone       | cr (0x0038)       |
            +---------------------------+-------------------+

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7.4" href="#appendix-E.7.4">E.7.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.7.5" href="#appendix-E.7.5">E.7.5</a> Procedures</span>

   NOTE - The required set of tone ids corresponds to those defined in
   Recommendation E.180/Q.35 [ITU-T Recommendation E.180/Q.35 (1998)].
   See E.180 for definition of the meanings of these tones.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8" href="#appendix-E.8">E.8</a> Call Progress Tones Detection Package</span>

   PackageID: cd (0x0008)
   Version: 1
   Extends: tonedet version 1

   This package defines the basic call progress detection tones. This
   Package extends the possible values of tone id in the "start tone
   detected", "end tone detected" and "long tone detected" events.

   Additional values
   -----------------

   tone id values are defined for start tone detected, end tone detected
   and long tone detected with the same values as those in package cg
   (call progress tones generation package).

   The required set of tone ids corresponds to Recommendation E.180/Q.35
   [ITU-T Recommendation E.180/Q.35 (1998)].  See Recommendation
   E.180/Q.35 for definition of the meanings of these tones.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8.1" href="#appendix-E.8.1">E.8.1</a> Properties</span>

   none



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 152]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-153" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8.2" href="#appendix-E.8.2">E.8.2</a> Events</span>

   Events are defined as in the call progress tones generator package
   (cg) for the tones listed in the table of section E.7.3

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8.3" href="#appendix-E.8.3">E.8.3</a> Signals</span>

   none

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8.4" href="#appendix-E.8.4">E.8.4</a> Statistics</span>

   none

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.8.5" href="#appendix-E.8.5">E.8.5</a> Procedures</span>

   none

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9" href="#appendix-E.9">E.9</a> Analog Line Supervision Package</span>

   PackageID: al, 0x0009
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   This package defines events and signals for an analog line.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.1" href="#appendix-E.9.1">E.9.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.2" href="#appendix-E.9.2">E.9.2</a> Events</span>

   onhook
   ------
   EventID: on (0x0004)

   Detects handset going on hook. Whenever an events descriptor is
   activated that requests monitoring for an on-hook event and the line
   is already on-hook, then the MG shall behave according to the setting
   of the "strict" parameter.

   EventDescriptor parameters

        Strict Transition
        -----------------
        ParameterID: strict (0x0001)

        Type: enumeration




<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 153]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-154" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        Possible values: "exact" (0x00), "state" (0x01), "failWrong"
        (0x02)

        "exact" means that only an actual hook state transition to on-
        hook is to be recognized;

        "state" means that the event is to be recognized either if the
        hook state transition is detected or if the hook state is
        already on-hook;

        "failWrong" means that if the hook state is already on-hook,
        the command fails and an error is reported.

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

        Initial State
        -------------
        ParameterID: init (0x0002)

        Type: Boolean

        Possible values:

        True means that the event was reported because the line was
        already on-hook when the events descriptor containing this
        event was activated;

        False means that the event represents an actual state
        transition to on-hook.


   offhook
   -------
   EventID: of (0x0005)

   Detects handset going off hook. Whenever an events descriptor is
   activated that requests monitoring for an off-hook event and the
   line is already off-hook, then the MG shall behave according to the
   setting of the "strict" parameter.

   EventDescriptor parameters


        Strict Transition
        -----------------
        ParameterID: strict (0x0001)

        Type: enumeration



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 154]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-155" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



        Possible values: "exact" (0x00), "state" (0x01), "failWrong"
        (0x02)

        "exact" means that only an actual hook state transition to off-
        hook is to be recognized;

        "state" means that the event is to be recognized either if the
        hook state transition is detected or if the hook state is
        already off-hook;

        "failWrong" means that if the hook state is already off-hook,
        the command fails and an error is reported.


   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

        Initial State
        -------------
        ParameterID: init (0x0002)

        Type: Boolean

        Possible values:

        True means that the event was reported because the line was
        already off-hook when the events descriptor containing this
        event was activated;

        False means that the event represents an actual state
        transition to off-hook.

   flashhook
   ---------
   EventID: fl, 0x0006

   Detects handset flash. A flash occurs when an onhook is followed by
   an offhook between a minimum and maximum duration.

   EventDescriptor parameters

        Minimum duration
        ----------------
        ParameterID: mindur (0x0004)

        Type: integer in milliseconds

        Default value is provisioned



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 155]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-156" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



        Maximum duration
        ----------------
        ParameterID: maxdur (0x0005)

        Type: integer in milliseconds

        Default value is provisioned

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.3" href="#appendix-E.9.3">E.9.3</a> Signals</span>

   ring
   ----
   SignalID: ri, 0x0002

   Applies ringing on the line

   Signal Type: TimeOut

   Duration: Provisioned

   Additional Parameters:

        Cadence
        -------
        ParameterID: cad (0x0006)

        Type: list of integers representing durations of alternating on
        and off segments, constituting a complete ringing cycle
        starting with an on. Units in milliseconds.

        Default is fixed or provisioned.  Restricted function MGs may
        ignore cadence  values they are incapable of generating.

        Frequency
        ---------
        ParameterID: freq (0x0007)

        Type: integer in Hz

        Default is fixed or provisioned.  Restricted function MGs may
        ignore frequency  values they are incapable of generating.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 156]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-157" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.4" href="#appendix-E.9.4">E.9.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.5" href="#appendix-E.9.5">E.9.5</a> Procedures</span>

   If the MGC sets an EventsDescriptor containing a hook state
   transition event (on-hook or off-hook) with the "strict" (0x0001)
   parameter set to "failWrong", and the hook state is already what the
   transition implies, the execution of the command containing that
   EventsDescriptor fails.  The MG SHALL include error code 540
   "Unexpected initial hook state" in its reponse.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.9.6" href="#appendix-E.9.6">E.9.6</a> Error Code</span>

   This package defines a new error code:
        540 - Unexpected initial hook state
   The procedure for use of this code is given in section E.9.5.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10" href="#appendix-E.10">E.10</a> Basic Continuity Package</span>

   PackageID: ct (0x000a)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   This package defines events and signals for continuity test. The
   continuity test includes provision of either a loopback or
   transceiver functionality.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10.1" href="#appendix-E.10.1">E.10.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10.2" href="#appendix-E.10.2">E.10.2</a> Events</span>

   Completion
   ----------
   EventID: cmp, 0x0005

   This event detects test completion of continuity test.

   EventDescriptor parameters

   None

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 157]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-158" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


        Result
        ------
        ParameterID: res (0x0008)

        Type: Enumeration

        Possible values: success (0x0001), failure (0x0000)

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10.3" href="#appendix-E.10.3">E.10.3</a> Signals</span>

   Continuity test
   ---------------
   SignalID: ct (0x0003)

   Initiates sending of continuity test tone on the termination to
   which it is applied.

   Signal Type: TimeOut

   Default value is provisioned

   Additional Parameters:

   None

   Respond
   -------
   SignalID: rsp (0x0004)

   The signal is used to respond to a continuity test .  See section
   E.10.5 for further explanation.

   Signal Type: On/Off

   Default duration is provisioned

   Additional Parameters:

   None.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10.4" href="#appendix-E.10.4">E.10.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 158]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-159" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.10.5" href="#appendix-E.10.5">E.10.5</a> Procedures</span>

   When a MGC wants to initiate a continuity test, it sends a command to
   the MG containing

   *  a signals descriptor with the ct signal, and
   *  an events descriptor containing the cmp event.

   Upon reception of a command containing the ct signal and cmp event,
   the MG initiates the continuity test tone for the specified
   termination.  If the return tone is detected and any other required
   conditions are satisfied before the signal times out, the cmp event
   shall be generated with the value of the result parameter equal to
   success.  In all other cases, the cmp event shall be generated with
   the value of the result parameter equal to failure.

   When a MGC wants the MG to respond to a continuity test, it sends a
   command to the MG containing a signals descriptor with the rsp
   signal.  Upon reception of a command with the rsp signal, the MG
   either applies a loopback or (for 2-wire circuits) awaits reception
   of a continuity test tone.  In the loopback case, any incoming
   information shall be reflected back as outgoing information.  In the
   2-wire case, any time the appropriate test tone is received, the
   appropriate response tone should be sent.  The MGC determines when to
   remove the rsp signal.

   When a continuity test is performed on a termination, no echo devices
   or codecs shall be active on that termination.

   Performing voice path assurance as part of continuity testing is
   provisioned by bilateral agreement between network operators.

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11" href="#appendix-E.11">E.11</a> Network Package</span>

   PackageID: nt (0x000b)
   Version: 1
   Extends: None

   This package defines properties of network terminations independent
   of network type.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11.1" href="#appendix-E.11.1">E.11.1</a> Properties</span>

   Maximum Jitter Buffer
   ---------------------
   PropertyID: jit (0x0007)

   This property puts a maximum size on the jitter buffer.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 159]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-160" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   Type: integer in milliseconds

   Possible Values: This property is specified in milliseconds.

   Defined In: LocalControlDescriptor

   Characteristics: read/write

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11.2" href="#appendix-E.11.2">E.11.2</a> Events</span>

   network failure
   ---------------
   EventID: netfail, 0x0005

   The termination generates this event upon detection of a failure due
   to external or internal network reasons.

   EventDescriptor parameters

   None

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

   cause
   -----
   ParameterID: cs (0x0001)

   Type: String

   Possible values: any text string

   This parameter may be included with the failure event to provide
   diagnostic information on the reason of failure.

   quality alert
   -------------
   EventID: qualert, 0x0006

   This property allows the MG to indicate a loss of quality of the
   network connection. The MG may do this by measuring packet loss,
   interarrival jitter, propogation delay and then indicating this using
   a percentage of quality loss.








<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 160]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-161" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   EventDescriptor parameters

        Threshold
        ---------
        ParameterId: th (0x0001)

        Type: integer

        Possible Values: threshold for percent of quality loss
        measured, calculated based on a provisioned method, that could
        take into consideration packet loss, jitter, and delay for
        example.  Event is triggered when calculation exceeds the
        threshold.

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

        Threshold
        ---------
        ParameterId: th (0x0001)

        Type: integer

        Possible Values: percent of quality loss measured, calculated
        based on a provisioned method, that could take into
        consideration packet loss, jitter, and delay for example.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11.3" href="#appendix-E.11.3">E.11.3</a> Signals</span>

   none

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11.4" href="#appendix-E.11.4">E.11.4</a> Statistics</span>

   Duration
   --------
   StatisticsID: dur (0x0001)

   Description: Provides duration of time the termination has been in
   the context.

   Type: Double, in milliseconds

   Octets Sent
   -----------
   StatisticID: os (0x0002)

   Type: double

   Possible Values: any 64 bit integer



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 161]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-162" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   Octets Received
   ---------------
   StatisticID: or (0x0003)

   Type: double

   Possible Values: any 64 bit integer

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.11.5" href="#appendix-E.11.5">E.11.5</a> Procedures</span>

   none

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12" href="#appendix-E.12">E.12</a> RTP  Package</span>

   PackageID: rtp (0x000c)
   Version: 1
   Extends: Network Package version 1

   This package is used to support packet based multimedia data transfer
   by means of the Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) [<a href="./rfc1889">RFC 1889</a>].

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12.1" href="#appendix-E.12.1">E.12.1</a> Properties</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12.2" href="#appendix-E.12.2">E.12.2</a> Events</span>

   Payload Transition
   EventID: pltrans, 0x0001
   This event detects and notifies when there is a transition of the
   RTP payload format from one format to another.

   EventDescriptor parameters

   None

   ObservedEventsDescriptor parameters

        rtppayload
        ----------
        ParameterID: rtppltype, 0x01

        Type: list of enumerated types.

        Possible values: The encoding method shall be specified by
        using one or several valid encoding names, as defined in the
        RTP AV Profile or registered with IANA.



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 162]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-163" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12.3" href="#appendix-E.12.3">E.12.3</a> Signals</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12.4" href="#appendix-E.12.4">E.12.4</a> Statistics</span>

   Packets Sent
   ------------
   StatisticID: ps (0x0004)

   Type: double

   Possible Values: any 64 bit integer

   Packets Received
   ----------------
   StatisticID: pr (0x0005)

   Type: double

   Possible Values: any 64 bit integer

   Packet Loss
   -----------
   StatisticID: pl (0x0006)

   Describes the current rate of packet loss on an RTP stream, as
   defined in IETF <a href="./rfc1889">RFC 1889</a>. Packet loss is expressed as percentage
   value: number of packets lost in the interval between two reception
   reports, divided by the number of packets expected during that
   interval.

   Type: double

   Possible Values: a 32 bit whole number and a 32 bit fraction.

   Jitter
   ------
   StatisticID: jit (0x0007)

   Requests the current value of the interarrival jitter on an RTP
   stream as defined in IETF <a href="./rfc1889">RFC 1889</a>. Jitter measures the variation in
   interarrival time for RTP data packets.

   Delay
   -----
   StatisticID:delay (0x0008)



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 163]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-164" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   Requests the current value of packet propagation delay expressed in
   timestamp units. Same as average latency.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.12.5" href="#appendix-E.12.5">E.12.5</a> Procedures</span>

   none

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13" href="#appendix-E.13">E.13</a> TDM Circuit Package</span>

   PackageID: tdmc (0x000d)
   Version: 1
   Extends: Network Package version 1

   This package is used to support TDM circuit terminations.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13.1" href="#appendix-E.13.1">E.13.1</a> Properties</span>

   Echo Cancellation
   -----------------
   PropertyID: ec (0x0008)

   By default, the telephony gateways always perform echo cancellation.
   However, it is necessary, for some calls, to turn off these
   operations.

   Type: boolean

   Possible Values:
        "on" (when the echo cancellation is requested) and
        "off" (when it is turned off.)
   The default is "on".

   Defined In: LocalControlDescriptor

   Characteristics: read/write

   Gain Control
   ------------
   PropertyID: gain (0x000a)

   Gain control, or usage of of signal level adaptation and noise level
   reduction is used to adapt the level of the signal. However, it is
   necessary, for example for modem calls, to turn off this function.

   Type: enumeration (integer)





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 164]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-165" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   Possible Values:
   The gain control parameter may either be specified as "automatic"
   (0xffffffff), or as an explicit number of decibels of gain (any other
   integer value).  The default is provisioned in the MG.

   Defined In: LocalControlDescriptor

   Characteristics: read/write

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13.2" href="#appendix-E.13.2">E.13.2</a> Events</span>

   none

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13.3" href="#appendix-E.13.3">E.13.3</a> Signals</span>

   none

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13.4" href="#appendix-E.13.4">E.13.4</a> Statistics</span>

   None

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-E.13.5" href="#appendix-E.13.5">E.13.5</a> Procedures</span>

   None



























<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 165]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-166" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


APPENDIX A EXAMPLE CALL FLOWS (INFORMATIVE)

   All Megaco implementors must read the normative part of this document
   carefully before implementing from it. No one should use the examples
   in this section as stand-alone explanations of how to create protocol
   messages.

   The examples in this section use SDP for encoding of the Local and
   Remote stream descriptors. SDP is defined in <a href="./rfc2327">RFC 2327</a>. If there is
   any discrepancy between the SDP in the examples, and <a href="./rfc2327">RFC 2327</a>, the
   RFC should be consulted for correctness. Audio profiles used are
   those defined in <a href="./rfc1890">RFC 1890</a>, and others registered with IANA. For
   example, G.711 A-law is called PCMA in the SDP, and is assigned
   profile 0. G.723 is profile 4, and H263 is profile 34. See also

      <a href="http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/rtp-parameters">http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/rtp-parameters</a>

<span class="h3"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.1" href="#appendix-A.1">A.1</a> Residential Gateway to Residential Gateway Call</span>

   This example scenario illustrates the use of the elements of the
   protocol to set up a Residential Gateway to Residential Gateway call
   over an IP-based network.  For simplicity, this example assumes that
   both Residential Gateways involved in the call are controlled by the
   same Media Gateway Controller.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.1.1" href="#appendix-A.1.1">A.1.1</a> Programming Residential GW Analog Line Terminations for Idle</span>
      Behavior

   The following illustrates the API invocations from the Media Gateway
   Controller and Media Gateways to get the Terminations in this
   scenario programmed for idle behavior.  Both the originating and
   terminating Media Gateways have idle AnalogLine Terminations
   programmed to look for call initiation events (i.e.-offhook) by using
   the Modify Command with the appropriate parameters.  The null Context
   is used to indicate that the Terminations are not yet involved in a
   Context. The ROOT termination is used to indicate the entire MG
   instead of a termination within the MG.

   In this example, MG1 has the IP address 124.124.124.222, MG2 is
   125.125.125.111, and the MGC is 123.123.123.4. The default Megaco
   port is 55555 for all three.










<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 166]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-167" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   1. An MG registers with an MGC using the ServiceChange command:

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]
   Transaction = 9998 {
       Context = - {
           ServiceChange = ROOT {Services {
               Method=Restart,
               ServiceChangeAddress=55555, Profile=ResGW/1}
           }

       }
   }

   2. The MGC sends a reply:

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Reply = 9998 {
      Context = - {ServiceChange = ROOT {
        Services {ServiceChangeAddress=55555, Profile=ResGW/1} } }
   }

   3. The MGC programs a Termination in the NULL context. The
   terminationId is A4444, the streamId is 1, the requestId in the
   Events descriptor is 2222. The   mId is the identifier of the sender
   of this message, in this case, it is the IP address and port
   [123.123.123.4]:55555. Mode for this stream is set to SendReceive.
   "al" is the analog line supervision package.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 9999 {
       Context = - {
           Modify = A4444 {
               Media { Stream = 1 {
                        LocalControl {
                            Mode = SendReceive,
                            tdmc/gain=2,  ; in dB,
                            tdmc/ec=on
                        },
                        Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 $
   m=audio $ RTP/AVP 0
   a=fmtp:PCMU VAD=X-NNVAD ; special voice activity
                           ; detection algorithm
                        }



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 167]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-168" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                    }
               },
               Events = 2222 {al/of}
           }
       }
   }

   The dialplan script could have been loaded into the MG previously.
   Its function would be to wait for the OffHook, turn on dialtone and
   start collecting DTMF digits. However in this example, we use the
   digit map, which is put into place after the offhook is detected
   (step 5 below).

   Note that the embedded EventsDescriptor could have been used to
   combine steps 3 and 4 with steps 8 and 9, eliminating steps 6 and 7.

   4. The MG1 accepts the Modify with this reply:

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 9999 {
      Context = - {Modify = A4444}
   }

   5. A similar exchange happens between MG2 and the MGC, resulting in
   an idle Termination called A5555.

<span class="h4"><a class="selflink" id="appendix-A.1.2" href="#appendix-A.1.2">A.1.2</a> Collecting Originator Digits and Initiating Termination</span>

   The following builds upon the previously shown conditions.  It
   illustrates the transactions from the Media Gateway Controller and
   originating Media Gateway (MG1) to get the originating Termination
   (A4444) through the stages of digit collection required to initiate a
   connection to the terminating Media Gateway (MG2).

   6. MG1 detects an offhook event from User 1 and reports it to the
   Media Gateway Controller via the Notify Command.

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Transaction = 10000 {
      Context = - {
          Notify = A4444 {ObservedEvents =2222 {
            19990729T22000000:al/of}}
      }
   }





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 168]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-169" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   7. And the Notify is acknowledged.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Reply = 10000 {
       Context = - {Notify = A4444}
   }

   8. The MGC Modifies the termination to play dial tone, to look for
   digits according to Dialplan0 and to look for the on-hook event now.
   MGC to MG1:

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 10001 {
       Context = - {
           Modify = A4444 {
               Events = 2223 {
                   al/on, dd/ce {DigitMap=Dialplan0}
               },
               Signals {cg/dt},
               DigitMap= Dialplan0{
   (0| 00|[1-7]xxx|8xxxxxxx|Fxxxxxxx|Exx|91xxxxxxxxxx|9011x.)}
           }
       }
   }

   9. And the Modify is acknowledged.

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 10001 {
       Context = - {Modify = A4444}
   }

   10. Next, digits are accumulated by MG1 as they are dialed by User 1.
   Dialtone is stopped upon detection of the first digit. When an
   appropriate match is made of collected digits against the currently
   programmed Dialplan for A4444, another Notify is sent to the Media
   Gateway Controller.

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Transaction = 10002 {
      Context = - {
          Notify = A4444 {ObservedEvents =2223 {
            19990729T22010001:dd/ce{ds="916135551212",Meth=FM}}}
      }
   }



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 169]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-170" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>



   11. And the Notify is acknowledged.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Reply = 10002 {
       Context = - {Notify = A4444}
   }

   12. The controller then analyses the digits and determines that a
   connection needs to be made from MG1 to MG2. Both the TDM termination
   A4444, and an RTP termination are added to a new context in MG1. Mode
   is ReceiveOnly since Remote descriptor values are not yet specified.
   Preferred codecs are in the MGC's preferred order of choice.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 10003 {
       Context = $ {
          Add = A4444,
          Add = $ {
              Media {
                Stream = 1 {
                     LocalControl {
                         Mode = ReceiveOnly,

                         nt/jit=40 ; in ms
                     },
                     Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 $
   m=audio $ RTP/AVP 4
   a=ptime:30
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 $
   m=audio $ RTP/AVP 0
                     }
                }
             }
          }
       }
   }

   NOTE -  The MGC states its preferred parameter values as a series of
   sdp blocks in  Local. The MG fills in the Local Descriptor in the
   Reply.





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 170]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-171" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   13. MG1 acknowledges the new Termination and fills in the Local IP
   address and UDP port. It also makes a choice for the codec based on
   the MGC preferences in Local. MG1 sets the RTP port to 2222.
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 10003 {
      Context = 2000 {
         Add = A4444,
         Add=A4445{
            Media {
                Stream = 1 {
                    Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 124.124.124.222
   m=audio 2222 RTP/AVP 4
   a=ptime:30
   a=recvonly
                    } ; RTP profile for G.723 is 4
                }
            }
         }
      }
   }

   14. The MGC will now associate A5555 with a new Context on MG2, and
   establish an RTP Stream (i.e, A5556 will be assigned), SendReceive
   connection through to the originating user, User 1. The MGC also sets
   ring on A5555.

   MGC to MG2:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 50003 {
       Context = $ {
          Add = A5555  { Media {
               Stream = 1 {
                    LocalControl {Mode = SendReceive} }},
                Events=1234{al/of},
               Signals {al/ri}
               },
          Add  = $ {Media {
               Stream = 1 {
                    LocalControl {
                       Mode = SendReceive,
                       nt/jit=40 ; in ms
                    },
                    Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 $
   m=audio $ RTP/AVP 4



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 171]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-172" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   a=ptime:30
                    },
                    Remote {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 124.124.124.222
   m=audio 2222 RTP/AVP 4
   a=ptime:30
                    } ; RTP profile for G.723 is 4
                }
             }
         }
      }
   }

   15. This is acknowledged. The stream port number is different from
   the control port number. In this case it is 1111 (in the SDP).

   MG2 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 50003 {
      Context = 5000 {
        Add = A5555,
         Add = A5556{
            Media {
               Stream = 1 {
                   Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 125.125.125.111
   m=audio 1111 RTP/AVP 4
   }
               } ; RTP profile for G723 is 4
            }
          }
      }
   }

   16. The above IPAddr and UDPport need to be given to MG1 now.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 10005 {
     Context = 2000 {
       Modify = A4444 {
         Signals {cg/rt}
       },
       Modify = A4445 {
          Media {
               Stream = 1 {



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 172]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-173" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                   Remote {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 125.125.125.111
   m=audio 1111 RTP/AVP 4
                   }
               } ; RTP profile for G723 is 4
           }
       }
     }
   }

   MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 10005 {
      Context = 2000 {Modify = A4444, Modify = A4445}
   }

   17. The two gateways are now connected and User 1 hears the RingBack.
   The MG2 now waits until User2 picks up the receiver and then the
   two-way call is established.

   From MG2 to MGC:

   MEGACO/1 [125.125.125.111]:55555
   Transaction = 50005 {
      Context = 5000 {
          Notify = A5555 {ObservedEvents =1234 {
            19990729T22020002:al/of}}
      }
   }

   From MGC to MG2:

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Reply = 50005 {
       Context = - {Notify = A5555}
   }

   From MGC to MG2:

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 50006 {
      Context = 5000 {
         Modify = A5555 {
            Events = 1235 {al/on},
            Signals { } ; to turn off ringing
         }
      }



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 173]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-174" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   }

   From MG2 to MGC:

   MEGACO/1 [125.125.125.111]:55555
   Reply = 50006 {
    Context = 5000 {Modify = A4445}
   }

   18. Change mode on MG1 to SendReceive, and stop the ringback.

   MGC to MG1:
   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 10006 {
      Context = 2000 {
         Modify = A4445 {
            Media {
               Stream = 1 {
                  LocalControl {
                     Mode=SendReceive
                  }
               }
            }
         },
         Modify = A4444 {
            Signals { }
         }
      }
   }

   from MG1 to MGC:
   MEGACO/1 [124.124.124.222]:55555
   Reply = 10006 {
      Context = 2000 {Modify = A4445, Modify = A4444}}

   19. The MGC decides to Audit the RTP termination on MG2.

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 50007 {
      Context = - {AuditValue = A5556{
         Audit{Media, DigitMap, Events, Signals, Packages, Statistics
   }}
      }
   }







<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 174]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-175" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


   20. The MG2 replies.

   MEGACO/1 [125.125.125.111]:55555
   Reply = 50007 {
      Context = - {
   AuditValue = A5556 {
             Media {
                 TerminationState { ServiceStates = InService,
                        Buffer = OFF },
                Stream = 1 {
                    LocalControl { Mode = SendReceive,
                       nt/jit=40 },
                    Local {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 125.125.125.111
   m=audio 1111 RTP/AVP  4
   a=ptime:30
                   },
                    Remote {
   v=0
   c=IN IP4 124.124.124.222
   m=audio 2222 RTP/AVP  4
   a=ptime:30
                    } } },
             Events,
             Signals,
             DigitMap,
             Packages {nt-1, rtp-1},
             Statistics { rtp/ps=1200,  ; packets sent
                          nt/os=62300, ; octets sent
                          rtp/pr=700, ; packets received
                          nt/or=45100, ; octets received
                          rtp/pl=0.2,  ; % packet loss
                          rtp/jit=20,
                          rtp/delay=40 } ; avg latency
          }
       }
   }

   21. When the MGC receives an onhook signal from one of the MGs, it
   brings down the call. In this example, the user at MG2 hangs up
   first.

   From MG2 to MGC:

   MEGACO/1 [125.125.125.111]:55555
   Transaction = 50008 {
      Context = 5000 {



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 175]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-176" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


          Notify = A5555 {ObservedEvents =1235 {
             19990729T24020002:al/on}
          }
      }
   }

   From MGC to MG2:

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Reply = 50008 {
       Context = - {Notify = A5555}
   }

   22. The MGC now sends both MGs a Subtract to take down the call. Only
   the subtracts to MG2 are shown here. Each termination has its own set
   of statistics that it gathers. An MGC may not need to request both to
   be returned. A5555 is a physical termination, and A5556 is an RTP
   termination.

   From MGC to MG2:

   MEGACO/1 [123.123.123.4]:55555
   Transaction = 50009 {
      Context = 5000 {
         Subtract = A5555 {Audit{Statistics}},
         Subtract = A5556 {Audit{Statistics}}
      }
   }

   From MG2 to MGC:

   MEGACO/1 [125.125.125.111]:55555
   Reply = 50009 {
      Context = 5000 {
        Subtract = A5555 {
             Statistics {
                nt/os=45123, ; Octets Sent
                nt/dur=40 ; in seconds
                }
          },
          Subtract = A5556 {
             Statistics {
                rtp/ps=1245, ; packets sent
                nt/os=62345, ; octets sent
                rtp/pr=780, ; packets received
                nt/or=45123, ; octets received
                rtp/pl=10, ;  % packets lost
                rtp/jit=27,



<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 176]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-177" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


                rtp/delay=48 ; average latency
             }
          }
      }
   }

   23. The MGC now sets up both MG1 and MG2 to be ready to detect the
   next off-hook event. See step 1. Note that this could be the default
   state of a termination in the null context, and if this were the
   case, no message need be sent from the MGC to the MG. Once a
   termination returns to the null context, it goes back to the default
   termination values for that termination.







































<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 177]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-178" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


Authors' Addresses

   Fernando Cuervo
   Nortel Networks
   P.O. Box 3511, Station C
   Ottawa, ON K1Y 4H7
   Canada
   E-mail: cuervo@nortelnetworks.com

   Nancy Greene
   Nortel Networks
   P.O. Box 3511, Station C
   Ottawa, ON K1Y 4H7
   Canada
   E-mail: ngreene@nortelnetworks.com

   Christian Huitema*
   Microsoft Corporation
   One Microsoft Way
   Redmond, WA 98052-6399
   USA
   E-mail: huitema@microsoft.com

   * The contribution of Christian Huitema was developed while he was
     employed by Telcordia Technologies.

   Abdallah Rayhan
   Nortel Networks
   P.O. Box 3511, Station C
   Ottawa, ON K1Y 4H7
   Canada
   E-mail: arayhan@nortelnetworks.com

   Brian Rosen
   Marconi
   1000 FORE Drive
   Warrendale, PA 15086
   USA
   E-mail: brian.rosen@marconi.com

   John Segers
   Lucent Technologies, Room HE 303
   Dept. Forward Looking Work
   P.O. Box 18, 1270 AA  Huizen
   The Netherlands
   E-mail: jsegers@lucent.com





<span class="grey">Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 178]</span></pre>
<hr class='noprint'/><!--NewPage--><pre class='newpage'><span id="page-179" ></span>
<span class="grey"><a href="./rfc3015">RFC 3015</a>              Megaco Protocol Version 1.0          November 2000</span>


Full Copyright Statement

   Copyright (C) The Internet Society (2000).  All Rights Reserved.

   This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to
   others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it
   or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published
   and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any
   kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
   included on all such copies and derivative works.  However, this
   document itself may not be modified in any way, such as by removing
   the copyright notice or references to the Internet Society or other
   Internet organizations, except as needed for the purpose of
   developing Internet standards in which case the procedures for
   copyrights defined in the Internet Standards process must be
   followed, or as required to translate it into languages other than
   English.

   The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be
   revoked by the Internet Society or its successors or assigns.

   This document and the information contained herein is provided on an
   "AS IS" basis and THE INTERNET SOCIETY AND THE INTERNET ENGINEERING
   TASK FORCE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
   BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION
   HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
   MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Acknowledgement

   Funding for the RFC Editor function is currently provided by the
   Internet Society.



















Cuervo, et al.              Standards Track                   [Page 179]
</pre>